[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022161462A1 - Morpholine derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof - Google Patents

Morpholine derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022161462A1
WO2022161462A1 PCT/CN2022/074593 CN2022074593W WO2022161462A1 WO 2022161462 A1 WO2022161462 A1 WO 2022161462A1 CN 2022074593 W CN2022074593 W CN 2022074593W WO 2022161462 A1 WO2022161462 A1 WO 2022161462A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
substituted
pharmaceutically acceptable
cycloalkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/074593
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡斌
关慧平
杨文�
朱经峰
石晓永
张凯
卢荣昌
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Yangtze River Pharmaceutical Group Co Ltd
Shanghai Haiyan Pharmaceutical Technology Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Yangtze River Pharmaceutical Group Co Ltd
Shanghai Haiyan Pharmaceutical Technology Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Yangtze River Pharmaceutical Group Co Ltd, Shanghai Haiyan Pharmaceutical Technology Co Ltd filed Critical Yangtze River Pharmaceutical Group Co Ltd
Priority to CN202280008061.5A priority Critical patent/CN116635389A/en
Publication of WO2022161462A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022161462A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D265/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D265/281,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
    • C07D265/301,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the technical field of medicine, in particular to a morpholine derivative, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutical composition and a use thereof.
  • P2X purinoceptors are a family of ion channels activated by extracellular adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Purinoceptors are involved in a variety of biological functions, particularly in relation to pain sensitivity.
  • the P2X3 receptor is a member of this family and was originally cloned from the rat dorsal root ganglion (Chen et al., Nature, Vol. 377, pp. 428-431 (1995)).
  • the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of both rat P2X3 and human P2X3 are now known (Lewis et al., Nature, vol. 377, pp. 432-435 (1995); and Garcia-Guzman et al., Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res., Vol. 47, pp. 59-66 (1997)).
  • P2X3 has been reported to be involved in afferent pathways that control the bladder volume reflex. Thus, inhibition of P2X3 may treat storage- and voiding-related disorders, such as overactive bladder (Cockayne et al., Nature, Vol. 407, pp. 1011-1015 (2000)).
  • P2X3 is also selectively expressed on nociceptive, small diameter sensory neurons (ie, neurons stimulated by pain or injury), which correlates with its role in pain sensitivity.
  • nociceptive, small diameter sensory neurons ie, neurons stimulated by pain or injury
  • blockade of P2X3 receptors has also been reported to have analgesic effects in animal models of chronic inflammatory and neuropathic pain (Jarvis et al., PNAS, 99, 17179-17184 (2002)).
  • methods of reducing P2X3 levels or activity would be useful in modulating pain perception in subjects with pain.
  • P2X3 is also capable of forming P2X2/3 heterodimers with P2X2, another member of the P2X family of purinergic ligand-gated ion channels.
  • P2X2/3 is highly expressed on the terminals (central and peripheral) of sensory neurons (Chen et al., Nature, Vol. 377, pp. 428-431 (1995)). The latest findings also suggest that P2X2/3 is predominantly expressed in bladder sensory neurons (over P2X3) and has a potential role in bladder filling and nociceptive sensations (Zhong et al., Neuroscience, Vol. 120, No. 667- 675 pages (2003)).
  • the object of the present invention is to provide structurally novel morpholine derivatives, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or stereoisomers thereof, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and uses thereof as P2X3 antagonists, which not only have effects on P2X3 Higher inhibitory activity, lower P2X2/3 inhibitory activity, significant inhibitory selectivity, and more importantly, this class of compounds also has favorable pharmacokinetic parameters, such as lower clearance and higher The exposure in vivo is more conducive to the development of effective and safe drugs.
  • the first aspect of the present invention provides a compound represented by formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof:
  • Q is -C(O)NHCH 3
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl, more preferably methyl) or halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine);
  • R 2 is hydrogen or halogen (preferably fluorine);
  • R 3 , R 4 are as follows:
  • R 3 is hydrogen;
  • R 4 is -C(O)R 4a or a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group that is unsubstituted or separated by 1, 2 or 3 Substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluoro), C 1-3 alkoxy, haloC 1 -3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 Alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, 3- to 6-membered hetero cycloalkyl;
  • R 4a is C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl), C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered Heterocycloalkyl; the C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl) is replaced by 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more multiple) substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halo C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O) OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cyclo
  • R 3 and R 4 are connected together to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, and a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms; wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring has 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms and 0, 1 or 2 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; wherein the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring has 2, 3 or 4 nitrogen atoms and 0, 1 or 2 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring has 2, 3 or 4 nitrogen atoms and 0 or 1 oxygen atom as ring atoms; the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl rings, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl rings, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl rings are unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 represent ring atoms, each independently being C or N (preferably Z 1 is C, Z 2 is C or N, Z 3 is C or N, and Z 4 is N);
  • Z 5 is CH 2 or O
  • Z 6 and Z 7 are each independently O, S or NR a0 ;
  • R 5 n represents a ring
  • the hydrogen on is replaced by n R 5 , n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, each R 5 is the same or different, each independently is C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen ( Preferably it is fluorine or chlorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; and
  • R a0 and R b0 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • one of R 1 and R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl, and the other is hydrogen; further, one of R 1 and R 2 is methyl, and the other is hydrogen; further, R 1 is methyl and R 2 is hydrogen.
  • one of R 1 and R 2 is halogen and the other is hydrogen; further, one of R 1 and R 2 is chlorine and the other is hydrogen; still further, R 1 is chlorine and R 2 for hydrogen.
  • one of R 1 and R 2 is halogen, and the other is C 1-3 alkyl; further, one of R 1 and R 2 is fluorine, and the other is methyl; further, R 1 is methyl and R 2 is fluorine.
  • R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, hydroxy, halogen (preferably fluorine); the C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl) and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or replaced by 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) are substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy, halogen (preferably fluoro).
  • R 4a is deuterated C 1-6 alkyl; further, R 4a is deuterated C 1-3 alkyl.
  • R 4a is deuterated C 1-3 alkyl, further, selected from the group consisting of: mono-deuterated methyl, mono-deuterated ethyl, di-deuterated methyl, di-deuterated ethyl, tri-deuterated Substituted methyl, trideuteroethyl.
  • R 4a is hydroxy substituted C 1-6 alkyl; further, R 4a is hydroxy substituted C 1-3 alkyl; still further, R 4a is hydroxy substituted methyl.
  • R 4a is C 3-6 cycloalkyl; further, R 4a is cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R 4a is halogen substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl or hydroxy substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl; further, R 4a is fluoro cyclopropyl or hydroxy substituted cyclopropyl.
  • R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl Cycloalkyl groups contain 1, 2 or 3 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; the C 1-3 alkyl group is surrounded by 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen (preferably fluorine); the C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1 One or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C 1-3 alkyl, halogen (preferably fluorine).
  • the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group is selected from the group consisting of: oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxolanyl, and dioxane .
  • the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the following groups:
  • R 3 , R 4 are linked together to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring together with the attached carbon and nitrogen atoms base ring; wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring is The 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring is The 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or is independently selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 or 3 Substituent substitution: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR
  • R 3 and R 4 are linked together to form the following structure together with the linked carbon and nitrogen atoms:
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) has the structure represented by the formula (II):
  • R 1 is methyl; R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 and R 4 are connected together, and the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring formed together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms is
  • the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring is
  • the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, and the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring are unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Substituted: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C
  • R 3 and R 4 are linked together to form the following structure together with the linked carbon and nitrogen atoms:
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) has the structure represented by the formula (III):
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl, more preferably methyl);
  • R 2 is hydrogen or halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine).
  • R 1 is methyl; R 2 is hydrogen or fluorine.
  • Z 5 is CH 2 .
  • n 0.
  • R 5 is hydroxyl, carboxyl, -COOCH 3 or -CONH 2 .
  • R 4a is deuterated C 1-6 alkyl, or deuterated C 1-3 alkyl, or mono-deuterated methyl, mono-deuterated ethyl group, di-deuteromethyl, di-deuteroethyl, tri-deuteromethyl, tri-deuteroethyl, or tri-deuteromethyl (CD 3 ).
  • R 4a is trideuteromethyl (CD 3 ).
  • R 4a is C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl), or by 1, 2 or C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 3 hydroxy groups (preferably C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 1 hydroxy).
  • R 4a is cyclopropyl, hydroxy-substituted methyl, and hydroxy-substituted isopropyl.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) has the structure represented by the formula (IV):
  • R 2 is H or fluorine.
  • Z 6 is NH, and Z 7 is S; or Z 6 is S, and Z 7 is NH.
  • Z 6 is CH 2 and Z 7 is S; or Z 6 is S and Z 7 is CH 2 .
  • Z 6 is CH 2
  • Z 7 is S.
  • Z 6 is S
  • Z 7 is CH 2 .
  • R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl group is substituted with 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of : deuterium, hydroxyl, halogen (preferably fluorine); the C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy , halogen (preferably fluorine).
  • R 4a is selected from: C 3-8 cycloalkyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 hydroxy groups (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 1 hydroxy group) alkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl substituted with 1 hydroxy), C 3-8 cycloalkyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 halogens (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 1 fluorine) , more preferably cyclopropyl substituted with 1 fluorine), and C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 hydroxy (preferably C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 1 hydroxy).
  • R 4a is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy-substituted cyclopropyl, fluoro-cyclopropyl, hydroxy-substituted methyl, and hydroxy-substituted ethyl.
  • the compound of formula (I) is any of the following compounds:
  • the second aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, comprising the compound represented by the above formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the third aspect of the present invention provides a compound represented by the above formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof in the preparation of a medicament for treating diseases related to P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity application.
  • the fourth aspect of the present invention provides the use of the pharmaceutical composition described in the second aspect in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity.
  • the disease associated with P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity is pain, urinary tract disorder, gastrointestinal disease, cancer, immune-related disease, cough, depression, anxiety, or stress-related disorder .
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity, comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the first aspect of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form thereof A salt, or a stereoisomer thereof or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect of the present invention.
  • this kind of morpholine derivatives not only has significant P2X3 inhibitory activity and low P2X2/3 inhibitory activity, but also has excellent in vivo pharmacokinetic parameters, especially relatively Low clearance and high absorption. Therefore, this series of compounds is expected to be developed into drugs for modulating P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 to treat various diseases mediated by (or otherwise associated with) P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 . On this basis, the inventors have completed the present invention.
  • Alkyl refers to straight and branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • C 1-6 alkyl refers to an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably C 1-3 alkyl; non-limiting examples of alkyl include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl , isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-di Methylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl propyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-
  • Cycloalkyl and “cycloalkyl ring” are used interchangeably and both refer to a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon group which may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Cycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl ring contains one or more carbonyl groups, eg, oxo groups.
  • C 3-8 cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, Cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclobutanone, cyclopentanone, cyclopentane-1,3-dione, etc.
  • Heterocycloalkyl and “heterocycloalkyl ring” are used interchangeably and both refer to a cycloalkyl group containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, which group may be combined with an aryl or heteroaryl group fused. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl ring contains one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups, eg, oxo- and thio-containing groups.
  • 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 6 ring atoms, wherein 1, 2 or 3 ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, preferably 3 1 or 2 ring atoms in the 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups include aziridine, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl , oxazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxane, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide, tetra Hydropyranyl, azetidine-2-one, oxetane-2-one, dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one, pyrrolidin-2-one, pyrrolidine- 2,5-dione, dihydrofuran-2,5-dione, piperidin-2-one, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-one, piperazin-2-one, Lino-3-one group, etc.
  • Heterocycloalkenyl and “heterocycloalkenyl ring” are used interchangeably to refer to a heterocycloalkyl group containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds or carbon-nitrogen double bonds within the ring, but are not intended to include, for example, Heteroaryl moiety as defined herein. This group can be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Heterocycloalkenyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, the heterocycloalkenyl ring contains one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups, eg, oxo- and thio-containing groups.
  • 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring refers to a heterocycloalkenyl ring having 5 to 6 ring atoms, wherein 1, 2 or 3 ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heterocycloalkenyl rings include 4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole rings, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine rings, 3,4,7,8-tetrahydro-2H- 1,4,6-oxadiazosine ring, 1,6-dihydropyrimidine ring, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-1,3-diazepine ring, 2,5,6, 7-Tetrahydro-1,3,5-oxadiazepine.
  • Heteroaryl and “heteroaryl ring” are used interchangeably and both refer to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (eg, having a ring carbon atom and a ring heteroatom) Arrangement of shared 6 or 10 pi electrons) groups wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl also includes ring systems in which the aforementioned heteroaryl ring is fused to one or more cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl or aromatic rings. Heteroaryl rings can be optionally substituted.
  • 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms of which 1, 2, 3 or 4 are heteroatoms.
  • Non-limiting examples include thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2 ,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazole base, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, Pyrazinyl, triazinyl, tetraziny
  • 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl refers to a bicyclic heteroaryl group having 8 to 10 ring atoms, of which 1, 2, 3 or 4 are heteroatoms, non-limiting examples include indolyl, iso Indolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuryl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benziso oxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, indenyl, purinyl, pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido [2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,
  • Heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In heteroaryl groups containing one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom as valence allows. Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • Halo refers to the replacement of one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) hydrogens in a group with a halogen.
  • Haloalkyl means an alkyl group substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) halogens, wherein alkyl is as defined above. It is preferably a halogenated C 1-8 alkyl group, more preferably a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, and more preferably a halogenated C 1-3 alkyl group.
  • haloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, monochloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, monochloroethyl, 1,2-dichloroethyl, trichloroethyl, monobromoethyl, monochloroethyl Fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, monofluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl and the like.
  • Deuterated alkyl means an alkyl group substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) deuterium atoms, wherein alkyl is as defined above. Preferably it is deuterated C 1-8 alkyl, more preferably deuterated C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably deuterated C 1-3 alkyl. Examples of deuterated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, mono-deuteromethyl, mono-deuteroethyl, di-deuteromethyl, di-deuteroethyl, tri-deuteromethyl, tri-deuteroethyl, and the like.
  • Alkoxy refers to -O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above. Preferred is C 1-8 alkoxy, more preferred is C 1-6 alkoxy, and most preferred is C 1-3 alkoxy.
  • alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, and the like.
  • Cycloalkyloxy refers to -O-cycloalkyl, wherein cycloalkyl is as defined above. C 3-8 cycloalkyloxy is preferred, and C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy is more preferred. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyloxy include cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
  • Haloalkoxy means an alkoxy group substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) halogens, wherein alkoxy is as defined above. It is preferably a halogenated C 1-8 alkoxy group, more preferably a halogenated C 1-6 alkoxy group, and more preferably a halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy group.
  • Haloalkoxy includes, but is not limited to, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, monofluoromethoxy, monofluoroethoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, and the like.
  • Amino refers to NH2
  • cyano refers to CN
  • nitro refers to NO2
  • benzyl refers to -CH2 - phenyl
  • oxo O
  • carboxy refers to -C (O)OH
  • acetyl refers to -C(O)CH 3
  • hydroxymethyl refers to -CH 2 OH
  • hydroxyethyl refers to -CH 2 CH 2 OH or -CHOHCH 3
  • hydroxyl refers to -OH
  • thiol refers to SH.
  • Substituted means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a group, preferably 1 to 5 hydrogen atoms, independently of each other, are substituted by a corresponding number of substituents, more preferably 1 to 3 hydrogen atoms are independently of each other replaced by a corresponding number of substituents Substituents are substituted. It goes without saying that the substituents are only in their possible chemical positions, and the person skilled in the art can determine (either experimentally or theoretically) possible or impossible substitutions without undue effort. For example, amino or hydroxyl groups with free hydrogens may be unstable when combined with carbon atoms with unsaturated (eg, olefinic) bonds.
  • substituted substituents independently selected from " in the present invention means that when more than one hydrogen on a group is substituted by a substituent, the types of the substituents may be the same or different, so The selected substituents are each independent species.
  • any group herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents are preferably 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the following groups: cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine), C 1-8 alkyl (preferably C 1-6 alkyl, More preferably C 1-3 alkyl), C 1-8 alkoxy (preferably C 1-6 alkoxy, more preferably C 1-3 alkoxy), halogenated C 1-8 alkyl (preferably halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably halogenated C 1-3 alkyl), C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl), halogenated C 1-8 alkoxy (preferably halogenated C 1-6 alkoxy, more preferably halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy), C 1-8 alkyl substituted amino, halogenated C 1-8 alkyl substituted amino, acetyl, hydroxyl, methylol base, hydroxyethyl, carb
  • a compound of the present invention may be administered in a suitable dosage form with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • These dosage forms are suitable for oral, rectal, topical, intraoral, and other parenteral administration (eg, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, etc.).
  • dosage forms suitable for oral administration include capsules, tablets, granules, syrups, and the like.
  • the compounds of the present invention contained in these formulations may be: solid powders or granules; solutions or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous liquids; water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsions, and the like.
  • the above dosage forms can be prepared from the active compound and one or more carriers or excipients by conventional methods of pharmacy.
  • the aforementioned carriers need to be compatible with the active compound or other excipients.
  • commonly used non-toxic carriers include, but are not limited to, mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and the like.
  • Carriers for liquid preparations include water, physiological saline, aqueous dextrose, ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
  • the active compounds may be in solution or suspension with the carriers described above.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a non-toxic, inert, solid, semi-solid substance or liquid filling machine, diluent, encapsulating material or auxiliary preparation or any type of auxiliary material, which is compatible with the patient, preferably breastfeeding An animal, more preferably a human, is suitable for delivering an active agent to a target of interest without terminating the activity of the agent.
  • compositions of the present invention are formulated, dosed and administered in a manner consistent with standard medical practice.
  • a "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound to be administered will be determined by such factors as the particular condition to be treated, the individual being treated, the cause of the condition, the target of the drug, and the mode of administration.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a compound of the invention that will elicit a biological or medical response in an individual, such as reducing or inhibiting enzyme or protein activity or ameliorating symptoms, alleviating a disorder, slowing or delaying disease progression, or preventing disease, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention or a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a prodrug thereof, contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention It is preferably 0.1 mg to 5 g/kg (body weight).
  • Patient means an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human.
  • mammal refers to warm-blooded vertebrate mammals including, for example, cats, dogs, rabbits, bears, foxes, wolves, monkeys, deer, mice, pigs and humans.
  • Treatment refers to alleviating, delaying the progression, attenuating, preventing, or maintaining an existing disease or disorder (eg, cancer). Treatment also includes curing, preventing the development or alleviating to some extent one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder.
  • compositions include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts” refers to salts with inorganic or organic acids that retain the biological effectiveness of the free base without other side effects.
  • Inorganic acid salts include but are not limited to hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, etc.
  • organic acid salts include but are not limited to formate, acetate, propionate, glycolate, gluconate , Lactate, Oxalate, Maleate, Succinate, Fumarate, Tartrate, Citrate, Glutamate, Aspartate, Benzoate, Mesylate , p-toluenesulfonate and salicylate, etc. These salts can be prepared by methods known in the art.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts” include, but are not limited to, salts of inorganic bases, such as sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts, and the like, and include, but are not limited to, salts of organic bases, such as ammonium, tris Ethylamine salts, lysine salts, arginine salts, etc. These salts can be prepared by methods known in the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention may contain one or more chiral centers and exist in various optically active forms.
  • a compound contains one chiral center, the compound contains enantiomers.
  • the present invention includes both isomers and mixtures of isomers, such as racemic mixtures. Enantiomers can be resolved by methods known in the art, such as crystallization and chiral chromatography. When a compound contains more than one chiral center, diastereomers may exist.
  • the present invention includes resolved optically pure specific isomers as well as mixtures of diastereomers. Diastereomers can be resolved by methods known in the art, such as crystallization and preparative chromatography.
  • the present invention provides methods for the preparation of compounds of formula (I), which can be synthesized using standard synthetic techniques known to those skilled in the art or using methods known in the art in combination with the methods described herein.
  • the solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions given in the present invention can be varied according to the skill in the art.
  • the reactions can be used sequentially to provide compounds of the invention, or they can be used to synthesize fragments that are subsequently added by the methods described herein and/or by methods known in the art.
  • the compounds described herein can be synthesized using methods analogous to those described below or exemplified in the Examples, or relevant publications available to those skilled in the art, using appropriate alternative starting materials.
  • the starting materials used to synthesize the compounds described herein may be synthetic or may be obtained from commercial sources.
  • the compounds described herein and other related compounds having various substituents can be synthesized using techniques and starting materials known to those skilled in the art.
  • the general methods for preparing the compounds disclosed herein can be derived from reactions known in the art, and the reactions can be modified to introduce various moieties in the molecules provided herein by reagents and conditions deemed appropriate by those skilled in the art.
  • the main advantage of the present invention is that it provides a series of morpholine derivatives with novel structures, which have high inhibitory activity on P2X3 and low inhibitory activity on P2X2/3, and are useful for treating and Potential for P2X3 activity or diseases associated with P2X2/3 activity.
  • LC-MS Agilent 1290 HPLC System/6130/6150 MS Liquid Mass Spectrometer (manufacturer: Agilent), column Waters BEH/CHS, 50 ⁇ 2.1 mm, 1.7 ⁇ m.
  • ISCO Combiflash-Rf75 or Rf200 automatic column passing instrument Agela 4g, 12g, 20g, 40g, 80g, 120g disposable silica gel column.
  • Known starting materials can be synthesized using or according to methods known in the art, or can be purchased from ABCR GmbH & Co. KG, Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Shaoyuan Chemical Technology (Accela ChemBio Inc) and Darui Chemicals, etc. company.
  • the progress of the reaction can be monitored by thin-layer chromatography (TLC), and the compound can be purified by column chromatography.
  • TLC thin-layer chromatography
  • the developing solvent system used in column chromatography or TLC can be selected from: dichloromethane and methanol system, n-hexane and ethyl acetate system, petroleum ether and ethyl acetate system and acetone system, etc.
  • the volume ratio of the solvent is based on the polarity of the compound adjust differently.
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • DCE 1,2-dichloroethane
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • EA ethyl acetate
  • PE petroleum ether
  • n-BuLi n-butyl lithium
  • HATU 2-(7-azobenzotriazole)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate
  • TEA is triethylamine
  • DIEA or DIPEA is N,N-diisopropylethylamine
  • NBS is N-bromosuccinimide
  • NCS N-chlorosuccinimide
  • TBAF tetrabutyl Ammonium fluoride.
  • room temperature refers to about 20-30°C.
  • Step 1 Dissolve NaOH (14.42g, 360.56mmol) in water (300mL), then drop to 0°C, slowly add Br 2 (19.45g, 121.69mmol) dropwise to the reaction system and keep the reaction at 0°C for half an hour , and then ((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-L-asparagine (30 g, 112.68 mmol) was added to the reaction system in batches, and the reaction was heated to 55° C. for 3 hours.
  • reaction solution was lowered to room temperature, extracted and washed twice with EA, and then the aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 1 with 6M HCl, a solid was precipitated, filtered, and the filter cake was spin-dried to obtain V1-1 (24.6 g).
  • Step 2 Dissolve V1-1 (6.3 g, 23.84 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL). The reaction solution was cooled to -20°C, then SOCl 2 (2.13 g, 17.88 mmol, 1.30 mL) was added to the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred at -20°C for 2 hours and at 25°C for 16 hours. After the reaction was complete, the solvent was spin-dried, water and EtOAc were added, separated, extracted twice with EtOAc, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Spin dry EtOAc to give V1-2 (6 g). MS m/z (ESI): 279.0 [M+1] + .
  • Step 3 Dissolve V1-2 (4 g, 14.38 mmol) in DMF (40 mL), then add Cs2CO3 ( 7.03 g, 21.56 mmol) and iodomethane (4.08 g, 28.75 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, the solvent was spin-dried to give V1-3 (3.4 g). MS m/z (ESI): 293.0 [M+1] + .
  • Step 4 Dissolve V1-3 (3.4 g, 11.63 mmol) in methanol (40 mL), then add 10% Pd/C (1.23 g, 1.16 mmol, 10% purity). The reaction was stirred at room temperature under hydrogen for 2 hours and monitored by LC-MS and filtered after completion. After filtration, V1-4 (1.5 g) was obtained. MS m/z (ESI): 159.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 5 Dissolve V1-4 in DMF (20 mL), then add 3 -bromoprop-1-ene (2.29 g, 18.97 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (4.64 g, 14.23 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, water was added to obtain a solid, which was extracted with EtOAc and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. V1-5 (1.3 g) was obtained after spin-drying the solvent. MS m/z (ESI): 199.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 6 Dissolve V1-5 (1.3 g, 6.56 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL), then add NaBH4 (248.10 mg, 6.56 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, acetic acid was added for quenching, sodium carbonate was neutralized, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried to obtain V1-6 (1.1 g). MS m/z (ESI): 171.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 7 Dissolve V1-6 (1.1 g, 6.46 mmol) in DCM (15 mL), then add p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.46 g, 12.93 mmol) and TEA (1.96 g, 19.39 mmol, 2.70 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and monitored by LC-MS when the reaction was complete. After spin-drying under reduced pressure, column separation (20 g, 0-80% EA/PE) was performed to obtain V1-7 (410 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 325.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 8 AD-mix-beta (CAS NO: 148618-32-0) (9.85 g, 12.64 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of water (150 mL) and tert-butanol (150 mL), and stirred at room temperature to obtain a yellow clear solution. After cooling to 0°C, V1-7 (410 mg, 1.26 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 24 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. After adding 35 g of sodium sulfite, the temperature was raised to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. Saturated sodium chloride solution (150 mL) was added and extracted with DCM (250 mL ⁇ 5).
  • Step 9 V1-8 (170 mg, 474.32 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL), then imidazole (129.16 mg, 1.90 mmol) and TBSCl (142.98 mg, 948.64 ⁇ mol) were added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. Saturated brine and ethyl acetate were added, the ethyl acetate was washed twice with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was spin-dried. Purification by silica gel column chromatography with eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) gave V1-9 (190 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 473.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 10 Dissolve V1-9 (190 mg, 401.97 ⁇ mol) in THF, cool to 0° C. and add NaH (32.16 mg, 803.94 ⁇ mol, 60% purity). The reaction solution was stirred at 0° C. for 4 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. Quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to give V1-10 (105 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 301.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 11 Dissolve V1-10 (160 mg, 532.50 ⁇ mol) in THF (5 mL). Then TBAF (1M, 639.00 ⁇ L) was added, the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, monitored by LC-MS, the reaction was completed, and the solvent was spin-dried. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give V1-11 (95 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 187.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 12 V1-11 (95 mg, 510.18 ⁇ mol) was added to DCM (2 mL). Dess-Martin oxidant (259.67 mg, 612.22 ⁇ mol) was added after cooling to 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. After adding sodium sulfite, the temperature was raised to room temperature and stirred for 5 minutes. Saturated sodium chloride solution was added and extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give V1 (90 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 203.1[M+1+18] + .
  • Step 1 A solution of triphosgene (19.07 g, 64.28 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added to (2S)-methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxypropionate (10 g, 64.28 mmol, HCl) in THF (200 mL) , heated to 80°C and stirred for 4 hours. The solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 80-90% ethyl acetate as mobile phase) to obtain V2-1 (8 g). MS m/z (ESI): 146.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 2 V2-1 (6 g, 41.35 mmol) and cesium carbonate (26.96 g, 82.69 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (25 mL), then propene bromide (10.00 g, 82.69 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, and LCMS showed the reaction was complete. Filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 90% tetrahydrofuran as mobile phase) gave V2-2 (5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 186.0 [M+1] + .
  • Step 3 Dissolve V2-2 (4 g, 21.60 mmol) in EtOH ( 5 mL), then add NaBH4 (4.09 g, 108.00 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried, dissolved in DCM, solid potassium carbonate was added, filtered, and the filtrate was directly spin-dried to obtain V2-3 (2.5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 158.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 4 V2-3 (2 g, 12.73 mmol), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.91 g, 15.27 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and TEA (2.57 g, 25.45 mmol, 3.54 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS.
  • Step 5 AD-MIX-BETA (55.29 g, 70.98 mmol) was dissolved in water (100 mL) solvent, cooled to 0°C, and V2-4 (1.7 g, 5.46 mmol) solution was added to it. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 24 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Add 55 g of sodium sulfite and stir for half an hour.
  • Step 6 V2-5 (1.4 g, 4.05 mmol) and imidazole (1.10 g, 16.21 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (15 mL), cooled to 0 °C and TBSCl (1.22 g, 8.11 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Water was added to quench the reaction and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 80-100% ethyl acetate) to obtain product V2-6 (1.4 g). MS m/z (ESI): 460.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 7 Dissolve V2-6 in THF (5 mL), cool to 0°C, and add NaH (365.48 mg, 9.14 mmol, 60% purity). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with saturated brine, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (dichloromethane containing 20% methanol as mobile phase) gave V2-7 (0.6 g), MS m/z (ESI): 288.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 8 V2-7 (0.6 g, 2.09 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and TBAF (654.96 mg, 2.50 mmol) was added to it. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Water was added to quench the reaction, and the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 90% tetrahydrofuran as mobile phase) gave V2-8 (320 mg), MS m/z (ESI): 174.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 9 V2-8 (300 mg, 1.73 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL) and IBX (727.68 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added to it. The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filter cake was washed with DCM. The filtrate was spin-dried under reduced pressure to obtain V2 (230 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 172.0 [M+1] + .
  • Step 1 The starting material (R)-3-aminopropane-1,2-diol (9.1 g, 0.1 mol) was dissolved in DCM (500 ml), cooled to -20°C, and TEA (12.1 g, 0.12 mol) was added , the DCM solution of chloroacetyl chloride (12.43 g, 0.12 mol) was slowly added dropwise into it, then the temperature was naturally raised to room temperature, stirred overnight, filtered, the filtrate was washed with water, dried, concentrated, and the remaining yellow solid was treated with methyl tert-butyl ether. After washing, the remaining solid was dried in vacuo to give V3-1 (16 g) MS m/z (ESI): 168.0 [M+1] + .
  • Step 4 Dissolve V3-3 (2.35 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (80 ml), add trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (1.78 g, 12 mmol), stir at room temperature for 6 hours, then add methyl carbazate (1.08 g, 12 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature overnight, and the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain V3-4 (5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 308.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 5 Dissolve V3-4 (2g) in DMF (20ml), heat to 170°C under microwave conditions, react for 1 hour, cool to room temperature, and concentrate the reaction solution to obtain a red oil.
  • Step 1 Referring to the method of step 4 of intermediate V3, the difference is that acetyl hydrazide is used instead of methyl carbazate to prepare V4-1.
  • Step 2 Referring to the method of step 5 of intermediate V3, V4 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 274.1 [M+1] + .
  • V5 can be prepared.
  • V6 can be prepared.
  • V7 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 316.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 1 N-Chloroacetamide (20 g, 145.39 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (38.13 g, 145.39 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (200 mL), and then reacted at 90°C for 12 hours. The reaction solution was spin-dried, then dissolved in DCM, washed with 2N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, extracted with DCM, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and spin-dried to obtain compound V8-1 (45 g). MS m/z (ESI): 364.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 2 Compound V8-1 (18 g, 83.63 mmol) and N-methoxy-N-methyl-2-(triphenylphosphino)acetamide (30.39 g, 83.63 mmol) were added to DCM (200 mL) The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0-1/1) to obtain compound V8-2 (27 g), MS m/z (ESI): 245.1[M+1] + .
  • Step 3 Compound V8-2 (30 g, 99.88 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (300 mL), and Pd/C (10%) (30 g, 99.88 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred under the protection of hydrogen for 12 hours, the reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain compound V8-3 (30 g). MS m/z (ESI): 247.1 [M-55] ⁇ .
  • Step 4 1-Bromo-3,5-difluorobenzene (15.32 g, 79.37 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 mL), cooled to -78°C under nitrogen protection, and LDA (2M, 49.61 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour. Then a solution of compound V8-3 (20 g, 66.15 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added dropwise. After the reaction solution was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour, the temperature was raised to 25°C and stirring was continued for 3 hours.
  • Step 5 Compound V8-4 (20 g, 46.05 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 mL), cooled to 0° C., then NaH (3.53 g, 88.24 mmol, 60% purity) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for half an hour. Then, tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (13.88 g, 92.11 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred for 1 hour.
  • Step 6 Compound V8-5 (25 g, 45.58 mmol) was added to water (100 mL) and THF (100 mL), cooled to 0°C, then N-bromosuccinimide (8.11 g, 45.58 mmol) was added . The reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. Water (100 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL ⁇ 3), the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried. ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0 to 4/1) to obtain compound V8 (19 g). MS m/z (ESI): 413.9 [M+1] + .
  • Step 1 Compound V10 (2.4 g, 4.79 mmol) was dissolved in water (2 mL) and methanol (20 mL), lithium hydroxide (343.81 mg, 14.36 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Add 6N hydrochloric acid solution to adjust the pH to 1, add dichloromethane for extraction, dry the organic phase over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain compound V9-1 (2.2g), MS m/z (ESI): 488.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 2 Compound V9-1 (2.2 g, 4.51 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (21.85 mL), methylamine hydrochloride (609.40 mg, 9.03 mmol), HATU (2.55 g, 6.77 mmol) and triethylamine ( 2.28 g, 22.56 mmol, 3.15 mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Isolation by column chromatography (0-30%, DCM/MeOH) gave V9-2 (2.1 g), MS m/z (ESI): 501.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 3 Dissolve V9-2 (2.1 g, 4.20 mmol) in methanol (20 mL), add HCL (4.0 M, 3.15 mL), and stir at room temperature for 2 hours. Concentrate under reduced pressure, add saturated sodium bicarbonate solution to adjust pH to 8, and extract with dichloromethane/methanol (10/1). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain V9 (2 g), MS m/z (ESI): 401.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 1 Dissolve 4-methyl-2-nitroaniline (1 g, 6.57 mmol) in THF (20 mL), add sodium hydrogen (788.61 mg, 19.72 mmol, 60% purity) at 0 °C, stir at 0 °C for half an hour , Boc 2 O (2.15 g, 9.86 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for half an hour. Water was added to quench the reaction, ethyl acetate was added for extraction, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain compound V11-1 (1.6 g). MS m/z (ESI): 153.1 (M+H-100).
  • Step 2 Compound V11-1 (1.6 g, 6.34 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL), 10% Pd/C (770.33 mg, 6.34 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out at room temperature under hydrogen for 2 hours. Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure gave compound V11 (1.4 g). MS m/z (ESI): 167.1 (M+H-56).
  • Step 1 3,5-Difluoro-4-formyl-benzoic acid (1 g, 5.37 mmol) and methylamine hydrochloride (362.78 mg, 5.37 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (12.75 mL), then HATU ( 3.04 g, 8.06 mmol) and TEA (1.63 g, 16.12 mmol, 2.25 mL) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure and subjected to column separation (40 g, 0-60% EA/PE) to obtain compound V12-1 (650 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 218.0 (M+H+18).
  • Step 2 Compound V12-1 (5.5 g, 27.62 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (6 mL), potassium peroxysulfate (25.44 g, 41.43 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow oil, which was separated by column (80 g, 0-30% MeOH/DCM) to obtain compound V12-2 (2.1 g). MS m/z(ESI): 216.1[M+1].
  • Step 3 Compound V11 (300 mg, 1.35 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL), compound V12-2 (290.38 mg, 1.35 mmol) and N,N,N',N'-tetramethylchloromethylaminohexafluoro were added Phosphate (1.14 g, 4.05 mmol), stirred at room temperature for half an hour. N-methylimidazole (224.34 mg, 2.70 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. It was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the oil was separated by column (20 g, 0-90% EA/PE) to give compound V12-3 (420 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 320.1 (M+H-100).
  • Step 4 Compound V12-3 (410 mg, 977.54 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL), hydrochloric acid methanol (10 mL) was added, the reaction solution was stirred for 4 hours, concentrated under reduced pressure, and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added. Compound V12 (180 mg) was obtained. Yield 57.67%. MS m/z (ESI): 320.1 [M+1].
  • Step 1 Combine 4-bromo-2,6-difluorobenzaldehyde (9.38 g, 42.43 mmol), 5-fluoro-4-methylpyridin-2-amine (4.46 g, 35.36 mmol), (2S)-2 - Ethynylmorpholine-4-carboxylate tert-butyl ester (8.96 g, 42.43 mmol), copper(II) trifluoromethanesulfonate (3.84 g, 10.61 mmol), N,N-dimethylacetamide (924.17 g mg, 10.61 mmol) and cuprous chloride (1.05 g, 10.61 mmol) were dissolved in Xylene (100 mL).
  • Step 2 Compound V13-1 (2.3 g, 4.26 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and HCl/dioxane (10 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was spin-dried to obtain compound V13-2 (1.7 g). MS m/z (ESI): 440.0 [M+1].
  • Step 3 Compound V13-2 (1.7 g, 3.86 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (19.33 mL) followed by DIEA (998.09 mg, 7.72 mmol, 1.35 mL). The reaction solution was cooled to 0°C, and then 2,2,2-trideuteroacetyl chloride (472.15 mg, 5.79 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. After the reaction was complete, water and DCM were added, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with DCM and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After spin drying under reduced pressure, compound V13 (1.8 g) was obtained. MS m/z (ESI): 485.0 [M+1].
  • Step 1 Intermediate V8 (147.47 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (1 mL). The reaction was stirred in the air at 120° C., the solvent evaporated in about half an hour, ethanol (1 mL ⁇ 8) was added repeatedly, and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours. LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. The solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 50-60% ethyl acetate as mobile phase) to give V18-1 (60 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 540.0 [M+1] + .
  • Step 2 V18-1 (59.73 mg) and pyrrolidin-2-one (18.81 mg) were dissolved in dioxane (10 mL), followed by Pd2dba3 ( 10.12 mg), Xantphos (12.79 mg), Cesium carbonate (72.07 mg) was added. The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 8 hours under argon. LCMS showed the reaction was complete. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure, and purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane containing 10-15% methanol as mobile phase) to obtain V18-2 (40 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 545.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 3 Dissolve V18-2 (40 mg, 73.45 ⁇ mol) in dioxane (2.85 mL), then add hydrochloric acid gas (dioxane) (4 M, 146.91 ⁇ L). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The end of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The solvent was spun dry under reduced pressure. The solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure to give V18 (35 mg), MS m/z (ESI): 445.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 1 Dissolve 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-methylpyridine (4 g, 27.48 mmol) and tert-butyl carbamate (4.83 g, 41.22 mmol) in toluene (40 mL), add cesium carbonate (13.43 g) , 41.22mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (2.52g, 2.75mmol) and 4,5-bisdiphenylphosphine-9,9-dimethylxanthene (1.59g, 2.75mmol) . The reaction solution was stirred at 100°C for 12 hours under nitrogen protection.
  • Step 2 V25-1 (5 g, 22.10 mmol) was added to DCM (50 mL), then trifluoroacetic acid (8.53 g, 74.79 mmol, 5.56 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours.
  • the reaction solution was quenched with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL), then extracted three times with DCM (50 mL), the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried to obtain V25-2 (2.5 g).
  • Step 3 V25-2 (630.22 mg, 5.00 mmol) and methyl 3,5-difluoro-4-formylbenzoate (1 g, 5.00 mmol) were added to ethanol (20 mL), and the reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 12 hours .
  • reaction solution was spin-dried, dissolved in toluene (20 mL), tert-butyl (S)-2-ethynylmorpholine-4-carboxylate (1.06 g, 5.00 mmol), copper trifluoromethanesulfonate ( II) (542.14mg, 1.50mmol), cuprous chloride (148.40mg, 1.50mmol) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (130.59mg, 1.50mmol), the reaction solution was stirred at 85°C for 12 hours under nitrogen protection .
  • reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to obtain V25-3 (1 g).
  • Step 4 V25-3 (0.3 g, 577.47 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and 4M hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane (1.44 mL) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was directly spin-dried to obtain V25-4 (220 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 420.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 5 V25-4 (0.5 g, 1.19 mmol) was added to DCM (20 mL), followed by TEA (241.28 mg, 2.38 mmol, 332.56 ⁇ L) and methyl chloroformate (168.99 mg, 1.79 mmol), the reaction solution was room temperature React for 2 hours. Water (20 mL) was added and extracted with DCM (20 mL ⁇ 3). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give V25-5 (400 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 478.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 6 V25-5 (0.4 g, 837.82 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL), hydrazine hydrate (524.27 mg, 8.38 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at 90° C. for 4 hours. The reaction solution was directly spin-dried to obtain V25-6 (400 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 478.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 7 Dissolve V25-6 (0.4 g, 837.81 ⁇ mol) in DCM (20 mL), add TEA (169.56 mg, 1.68 mmol, 233.71 ⁇ L) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (274.27 mg, 1.26 mmol), room temperature Stir overnight.
  • the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and V25-7 (400 mg) was obtained by silica gel column chromatography using an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 2/1 to 1/1). MS m/z (ESI): 578.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 8 V25-7 (200 mg, 346.29 ⁇ mol) and Lawson’s reagent (210.10 mg, 519.43 ⁇ mol) were added to 1,4 dioxane (4 mL) and stirred in a microwave reactor at 140° C. for 40 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 10/1 to 5/1) to give V25-8 (150 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 594.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 9 V25-8 (150 mg, 252.69 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in DCM (6 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain V25-9 (100 mg ). MS m/z (ESI): 494.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 10 V25-9 (100 mg, 243.16 ⁇ mol) and N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole (39.43 mg, 243.16 ⁇ mol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. It was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 10/1 to 5/1) to give V25-10 (57 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 520.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 11 V25-10 (57 mg, 109.72 ⁇ mol) was added to 4N hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane solution (2 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL), the reaction solution was heated to 110°C and stirred overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain V25 (50 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 462.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 1 Intermediate V8 (450 mg, 876.91 ⁇ mol) and 4-chloropyridin-2-amine (112.73 mg, 876.91 ⁇ mol) were placed in a microwave tube and ethanol (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at 120°C for 4 hours (open reaction, keeping very little solvent). The solvent was spun dry under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0 to 2/1) to give V28-1 (142 mg). LC-MS m/z (ESI): 542.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 2 V28-1 (120 mg, 0.221 mmol) and zinc cyanide (18.17 mg, 154.75 ⁇ mol) were placed in a microwave tube, DMF (5 mL) was added, followed by bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0) (11.30 mg, 22.11 ⁇ mol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 90°C for 30 minutes in a microwave reactor. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure to obtain V28-2 (108 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 489.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 3 V28-2 (108 mg, 220.90 ⁇ mol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (23.03 mg, 331.35 ⁇ mol) were added to ethanol (10 mL) followed by DIPEA (57.10 mg, 441.80 ⁇ mol). The reaction solution was stirred at 80°C for 2 hours. The reaction solution was directly concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography with a chromatography system (dichloromethane/methanol: 100/7) to obtain V28-3 (60 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 522.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 4 V28-3 (60 mg, 114.96 ⁇ mol) and N,N′-thiocarbonyldiimidazole (30.73 mg, 172.43 ⁇ mol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was added with 20 mL of water, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL ⁇ 3). The organic phase was dried, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give V28-4 (72 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 632.2 [M+1] + .
  • Step 5 Dissolve V28-4 (72 mg, 126.41 ⁇ mol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and cool to 0 °C. Boron trifluoride ether (89.71 mg, 632.04 ⁇ mol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentration under reduced pressure gave V28-5 (63 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 564.1 [M+1] + .
  • Step 6 V28-5 (63 mg, 111.70 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in methanol (2.86 mL) and hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane (4M, 1 mL) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. It was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the pH was adjusted to neutrality by adding 7N ammonia in methanol. The resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography with a chromatography system (dichloromethane/methanol/ammonia in methanol: 100/10/2) to give V28 (50 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 464.1 [M+1] + .
  • Example 2 refer to the method of Example 1, except that 2-hydroxyacetic acid was used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-2 (12 mg).
  • Example 3 can refer to the method of Example 1, except that 2-hydroxypropionic acid is used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-3 (12 mg).
  • MS m/z(ESI): 473.2[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) 8.17(br s, 1H), 7.43(br s, 3H), 7.13(br s, 1H), 6.72(br s, 1H) s,1H),5.32(d,J 8Hz,1H),4.39-4.19(m,2H),3.91-3.77(m,1H),3.57(br s,1H),3.44-3.36(m,2H) , 3.16-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 4H), 1.27-1.23 (m, 3H).
  • Example 5 can refer to the method of Example 1, except that 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid is replaced by oxetane-2-carboxylic acid to prepare compound Z-5 (25 mg).
  • Example 6 refer to the method of Example 1, except that tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid was used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-6 (25 mg).
  • Example 6 can refer to the method of Example 1, except that tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylic acid is used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-7 (20 mg).
  • Step 1 Compound V12 (156.02 mg, 488.62 ⁇ mol) and compound V1 (90 mg, 488.62 ⁇ mol) were added to methanol (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Then NaBH3CN (92.11 mg, 1.47 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, it was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow oil. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give 8-1 (120 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 488.2[M+1] + .
  • Step 2 Compound 8-1 (120 mg, 246.15 ⁇ mol) was added to 1.2-dichloroethane (5 mL). Anhydrous magnesium sulfate (100 mg) and TFA (28.07 mg, 246.15 ⁇ mol) were then added. The reaction solution was microwaved at 120°C for 1 hour, and the situation was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction, the filtrate was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile change) , to give Z-8 (5.04 mg).
  • Example 9 refer to the method of Example 8, except that Compound V2 was used instead of Compound V1 to prepare Compound Z-9 (20.86 mg).
  • Step 1 Dissolve intermediate V3 (0.26g, 0.9mmol) in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (10/1/1) (24ml), add lithium hydroxide (0.19g, 4.5mmol), stir at room temperature for 2 After hours, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain 10-1 (0.4 g). MS m/z(ESI): 186.1[M+1] +
  • Step 3 Compound 10-2 (0.25 g, 1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 ml), sodium azide (0.14 g, 2 mmol) was added, the temperature was raised to 80° C. and stirred overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried and concentrated to obtain 10-3 (0.2 g). MS m/z(ESI): 211.1[M+1]+
  • Step 4 Compound 10-3 (0.2 g) was dissolved in ethanol (20 ml), 10% wet palladium on carbon (80 mg) was added, hydrogen was replaced three times, stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain 10-4 ( 0.17g). MS m/z(ESI): 185.2[M+1]
  • Step 6 Suspend compound 10-5 (0.11 g, 0.34 mmol) in absolute ethanol (20 ml), add 10% wet palladium on carbon (60 mg), replace with hydrogen three times, stir at room temperature for 1 hour, filter, and concentrate to obtain 10 -6 (0.07g).
  • Step 8 Compound 10-7 (76 mg, 0.156 mmol) was dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (8 ml), trifluoroacetic acid (1 ml) and anhydrous magnesium sulfate solid (76 mg) were added, and heated under microwave conditions to 130°C, reacted for 40 minutes, cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated.
  • the product was purified by preparative HPLC (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O ; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%--60% acetonitrile change) to give Z-10 (19 mg) .
  • Example 11 can refer to the method of Example 10, except that compound V4 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-11 (24 mg) can be prepared.
  • MS m/z (ESI): 453.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) ⁇ 8.75-8.72 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.50 (m,1H), 7.20-7.16(m,1H), 4.80-4.76(m,1H), 4.63-4.47(m,2H), 4.25-4.14(m,2H), 4.10-4.00(m,1H) ,3.66-3.62(m,1H),2.80(d,J 4.5Hz,3H),2.43(s,3H),2.30(s,3H).
  • Example 12 can refer to the method of Example 10, the difference is that compound V5 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-12 (32 mg) can be prepared.
  • Example 13 can refer to the method of Example 10, except that compound V6 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-13 (34 mg) can be prepared.
  • MS m/z (ESI): 537.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) ⁇ 8.74-8.72 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s ,1H),7.21-7.16(m,1H),4.59-4.42(m,4H),4.32-4.30(m,1H),4.17-4.14(m,1H),4.07-4.02(m,1H),3.84 -3.81(m, 1H), 3.23-3.20(m, 1H), 2.80(d, J 4.5Hz, 3H), 2.43(s, 3H).
  • Example 14 can refer to the method of Example 10, except that compound V7 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-14 (27.19 mg) can be prepared.
  • Example 17 The method of Example 16 can be referred to, except that 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid is used instead of glycolic acid to prepare compound Z-17 (16 mg).
  • Example 30 can refer to the method of Example 29, the difference is that (2S)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester is used instead of (2R)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester, which can be prepared Compound Z-30 (18 mg) was obtained.
  • Example 34 can refer to the method of Example 31, the difference is that (4S)-4-hydroxypyrrolidone-2-one is used instead of (4R)-4-hydroxypyrrolidone-2-one to prepare compound Z-34 (23mg) .
  • reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile change) to obtain compound Z- 35 (8 mg).
  • Example 36 can refer to the method of Example 29, the difference is that oxazolidin-2-one is used instead of (2R)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylate methyl ester to prepare compound Z-36 (13.32 mg ).
  • Example 37 can refer to the method of Example 19, except that acetyl chloride is used instead of deuterated acetyl chloride to prepare compound Z-37.
  • Example 38 can refer to the method of Example 29, except that methyl chloroformate is used instead of deuterated acetyl chloride to prepare compound Z-38.
  • Test Example 1 FLIPR assay to screen compounds for antagonistic activity at hP2X 3 /hP2X 2/3 receptors
  • Cell preparation cells 1321N1/hP2X3 and cells 1321N1/hP2X2/3 (supplier Chempartner) were stably transfected with Versene digestion solution, resuspended and counted in plating medium (DMEM+10% DFBS) after centrifugation, and cells were adjusted to 3 *10 5 cells/mL, plated 50 ⁇ L cells per well in a 384-well test plate, placed in 5% CO 2 , and cultured in a 37°C incubator for 16-24 hours.
  • plating medium DMEM+10% DFBS
  • hP2X3 Working fluid concentration stock concentration Dilution factor Required volume (ml) DMEM 1* 1* 1 447.006 FBS 10% 100% 10 50 G418 Disulfate 300 ⁇ g/ml 50mg/ml 167 2.994012
  • Sample size 500 hP2X2/3 Working fluid concentration stock concentration Dilution factor Required volume (ml) DMEM 1* 1* 1 447.7489 FBS 10% 100% 10 50 G418 Disulfate 150 ⁇ g/ml 50mg/ml 333 1.501502 Hygromycin B 75 ⁇ g/ml 50mg/ml 667 0.749625 Sample size 500
  • Test substance in a 384-well polypropylene microplate conforming to the Echo standard, prepare 180 times the required concentration of the test compound (54mM DMSO stock solution) with DMSO, and add 500nL per well to the 384-well compound The plate was supplemented with 30 ⁇ L of assay buffer (1*HBSS + 2 mM CaCl 2 + 20 mM HEPES containing 1.26 mM Ca 2+ ) and shaken for 20-40 min to mix.
  • assay buffer (1*HBSS + 2 mM CaCl 2 + 20 mM HEPES containing 1.26 mM Ca 2+
  • Agonist Prepare 3 times the required concentration of agonist ( ⁇ , ⁇ -meATP) in test buffer (the final concentration of 3000nM for both hP2X 3 and hP2X 2/3 cells), add 45 ⁇ L of agonist to each well of 384 wells of compound in the board.
  • Dye incubation remove the cell plate, aspirate the cell supernatant, add 30uL Dye ( Calcium 4Assay Kit, diluted in assay buffer), incubated for 1 h.
  • FLIPR detection add 15uL of compound to each well of the cell plate (loaded by FLIPR instrument), and after 15 minutes, add 22.5 ⁇ L of agonist to each well to detect the fluorescence signal (excitation wavelength 470nm-495nm, emission wavelength 515nm-575nm).
  • Data processing take the difference between the signal peak and the trough as the basic data, the highest concentration of the positive drug as the 100% inhibition rate, and the DMSO data as the 0% inhibition rate, on the software Graphpad prism 6 to pass (log(inhibitor) vs. response--Variable slope) to fit inhibitory effect curves of compounds and calculate IC50 values.
  • Test Example 2 In vivo pharmacokinetic test in rats
  • the LC/MS/MS method was used to determine the drug concentration in the plasma at different times after intravenous injection and intragastric administration of the compound of the present invention in rats, to study the pharmacokinetic behavior of the compound of the present invention in rats, and to evaluate its pharmacokinetics. academic characteristics.
  • Test animals healthy adult male SD rats (body weight 200-300g, 6 rats, rats in the intravenous injection group drank water and diet freely, the gavage group fasted all night, and freely drank water and diet 4h after administration), administered by Vital Provided by River Laboratory Animal Co.LTD.
  • SD rats were administered by tail vein (1 mg/kg, 5% DMSO in 0.9% saline) and intragastric administration (5 mg/kg, 5% DMSO in 0.9% saline).
  • Blood sample collection select animals that meet the experimental requirements before administration, weigh and mark. Before collecting blood samples, bind the rats, and each dosed rat will collect blood at a predetermined blood collection time point (intravenous administration: 0.083, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 7, and 24 hours after administration, respectively). , a total of 8 time points; intragastric administration: blood was collected at 0.083, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 7, and 24 hours after administration, a total of 8 time points), and about 200 ⁇ L of blood was collected through the orbit. The blood was transferred to a 1.5 mL test tube pre-added with K 2 EDTA, centrifuged for 6 min (8000 rpm, 4° C.), and the plasma was taken out. The whole process was completed within 15 min after blood collection. All samples need to be stored in a -20°C freezer until sample analysis. The drug concentration was determined by LC/MS/MS method.
  • Table 2 shows the pharmacokinetic properties parameters of some example compounds of the present invention in rats under the same dose of intravenous administration:
  • Table 3 shows the parameters of pharmacokinetic properties in rats of some example compounds of the present invention under the same dosage of gavage administration:

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A substituted morpholine derivative with a structure as shown in a formula (I). In addition, further disclosed are a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer, a pharmaceutical composition and the use of the derivative.

Description

吗啉衍生物及其药物组合物和用途Morpholine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof 技术领域technical field

本发明涉及医药技术领域,特别涉及一种吗啉衍生物、其药学上可接受的盐、其立体异构体、以及药物组合物及其用途。The present invention relates to the technical field of medicine, in particular to a morpholine derivative, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a stereoisomer thereof, a pharmaceutical composition and a use thereof.

背景技术Background technique

P2X嘌呤受体是由细胞外腺苷三磷酸(ATP)激活的离子通道家族。嘌呤受体牵涉多种生物功能,特别是与疼痛敏感性相关。P2X3受体是这个家族的成员之一,最初从大鼠背根神经节克隆而来(Chen等,Nature,第377卷,第428-431页(1995))。大鼠P2X3和人P2X3两者的核苷酸序列和氨基酸序列现在是已知的(Lewis等,Nature,第377卷,第432-435页(1995);以及Garcia-Guzman等,BrainRes.Mol.BrainRes.,第47卷,第59-66页(1997))。P2X purinoceptors are a family of ion channels activated by extracellular adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Purinoceptors are involved in a variety of biological functions, particularly in relation to pain sensitivity. The P2X3 receptor is a member of this family and was originally cloned from the rat dorsal root ganglion (Chen et al., Nature, Vol. 377, pp. 428-431 (1995)). The nucleotide and amino acid sequences of both rat P2X3 and human P2X3 are now known (Lewis et al., Nature, vol. 377, pp. 432-435 (1995); and Garcia-Guzman et al., Brain Res. Mol. Brain Res., Vol. 47, pp. 59-66 (1997)).

据报道,P2X3涉及控制膀胱容量反射的传入通路。因此,抑制P2X3可以治疗储尿和排尿相关的病症,如膀胱过度活动症(Cockayne等,Nature,第407卷,第1011-1015页(2000))。P2X3 has been reported to be involved in afferent pathways that control the bladder volume reflex. Thus, inhibition of P2X3 may treat storage- and voiding-related disorders, such as overactive bladder (Cockayne et al., Nature, Vol. 407, pp. 1011-1015 (2000)).

P2X3还选择性地表达在伤害感受性、小直径感觉神经元(即由疼痛或损伤刺激的神经元)上,这与它在疼痛敏感性中的作用。此外,也有报道,阻断P2X3受体在慢性炎症性和神经性病理痛动物模型中具有镇痛作用(Jarvis等,PNAS,99,17179-17184(2002))。因此,降低P2X3水平或活性的方法将可用于调节疼痛对象的痛觉。P2X3 is also selectively expressed on nociceptive, small diameter sensory neurons (ie, neurons stimulated by pain or injury), which correlates with its role in pain sensitivity. In addition, blockade of P2X3 receptors has also been reported to have analgesic effects in animal models of chronic inflammatory and neuropathic pain (Jarvis et al., PNAS, 99, 17179-17184 (2002)). Thus, methods of reducing P2X3 levels or activity would be useful in modulating pain perception in subjects with pain.

P2X3还能够与P2X2形成P2X2/3异二聚体,所述P2X2是P2X嘌呤能配体-门控离子通道家族的另一个成员。P2X2/3在感觉神经元的末梢(中枢和外周)上高表达(Chen等,Nature,第377卷,第428-431页(1995))。最新的研究结果还表明P2X2/3主要在膀胱感觉神经元中表达(超过P2X3),并且有可能在膀胱充盈和伤害性感受的感觉中起作用(Zhong等,Neuroscience,第120卷,第667-675页(2003))。P2X3 is also capable of forming P2X2/3 heterodimers with P2X2, another member of the P2X family of purinergic ligand-gated ion channels. P2X2/3 is highly expressed on the terminals (central and peripheral) of sensory neurons (Chen et al., Nature, Vol. 377, pp. 428-431 (1995)). The latest findings also suggest that P2X2/3 is predominantly expressed in bladder sensory neurons (over P2X3) and has a potential role in bladder filling and nociceptive sensations (Zhong et al., Neuroscience, Vol. 120, No. 667- 675 pages (2003)).

鉴于上述,需要用于治疗与P2X3和/或P2X2/3相关的各种病症可能有用并且安全的新的P2X3和/或P2X2/3受体配体,特别是拮抗剂。In view of the above, there is a need for novel P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 receptor ligands, especially antagonists, that may be useful and safe for the treatment of various disorders associated with P2X3 and/or P2X2/3.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本发明的目的是提供结构新颖的吗啉衍生物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体、其药物组合物及其作为P2X3拮抗剂的用途,该类化合物不仅对P2X3具有较高的抑制活性,对P2X2/3抑制活性较低,具有显著的抑制选择性,而且更为重要的是该类化合物还具有有利的药代动力学参数,例如较低的清除率和较高的体内暴露量,更有利于开发成为有效且安全的药物。The object of the present invention is to provide structurally novel morpholine derivatives, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or stereoisomers thereof, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and uses thereof as P2X3 antagonists, which not only have effects on P2X3 Higher inhibitory activity, lower P2X2/3 inhibitory activity, significant inhibitory selectivity, and more importantly, this class of compounds also has favorable pharmacokinetic parameters, such as lower clearance and higher The exposure in vivo is more conducive to the development of effective and safe drugs.

本发明第一方面提供了式(I)所示化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体:The first aspect of the present invention provides a compound represented by formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof:

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000001

其中,Q为-C(O)NHCH 3

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000002
Wherein, Q is -C(O)NHCH 3 ,
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000002

R 1为氢、C 1-6烷基(优选为C 1-3烷基,更优选为甲基)或卤素(优选为氟或氯); R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl, more preferably methyl) or halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine);

R 2为氢或卤素(优选为氟); R 2 is hydrogen or halogen (preferably fluorine);

R 3、R 4如下: R 3 , R 4 are as follows:

(i)R 3为氢;R 4为-C(O)R 4a或3至6元杂环烷基,所述3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基、3至6元杂环烷基; (i) R 3 is hydrogen; R 4 is -C(O)R 4a or a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group that is unsubstituted or separated by 1, 2 or 3 Substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluoro), C 1-3 alkoxy, haloC 1 -3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 Alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, 3- to 6-membered hetero cycloalkyl;

其中R 4a为C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-3烷基)、C 3-8环烷基(优选为C 3-6环烷基,更优选为环丙基)、3至6元杂环烷基;所述C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-3烷基)被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基;所述C 3-8环烷基(优选为C 3-6环烷基,更优选为环丙基)、3至6元杂环烷基(优选为环氧丙烷)为未取代的或被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基;或者 wherein R 4a is C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl), C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered Heterocycloalkyl; the C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl) is replaced by 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more multiple) substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halo C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O) OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; the C 3 -8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl (preferably propylene oxide) are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl) , hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1- 3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; or

(ii)R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元杂环烯基环、5至6元杂芳基环;其中所述3至6元杂环烷基环具有1、2或3个氮原子和0、1或2个氧原子作为环原子;其中所述5至6元杂环烯基环具有2、3或4个氮原子和0、1或2个氧原子作为环原子;所述5至6元杂芳基环具有2、3或4个氮原子和0或1个氧原子作为环原子;所述3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元的杂环烯基环和5至6元杂芳基环为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取 代:C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基; (ii) R 3 and R 4 are connected together to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, and a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms; wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring has 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms and 0, 1 or 2 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; wherein the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring has 2, 3 or 4 nitrogen atoms and 0, 1 or 2 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring has 2, 3 or 4 nitrogen atoms and 0 or 1 oxygen atom as ring atoms; the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl rings, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl rings, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl rings are unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from Substituted: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O) C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl;

Z 1、Z 2、Z 3、Z 4代表环原子,各自独立地为C或N(优选Z 1为C,Z 2为C或N,Z 3为为C或N,Z 4为N); Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 represent ring atoms, each independently being C or N (preferably Z 1 is C, Z 2 is C or N, Z 3 is C or N, and Z 4 is N);

Z 5为CH 2或O; Z 5 is CH 2 or O;

Z 6、Z 7各自独立地为O、S或NR a0Z 6 and Z 7 are each independently O, S or NR a0 ;

(R 5) n代表环

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000003
上的氢被n个R 5取代,n为0、1、2、3或4,每个R 5相同或不同,各自独立地为C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟或氯)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基;以及 (R 5 ) n represents a ring
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000003
The hydrogen on is replaced by n R 5 , n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, each R 5 is the same or different, each independently is C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen ( Preferably it is fluorine or chlorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; and

R a0、R b0各自独立地为氢或C 1-3烷基。 R a0 and R b0 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-3 alkyl.

在一些实施例中,R 1和R 2中一个为C 1-3烷基,另一个为氢;进一步地,R 1和R 2中一个为甲基,另一个为氢;更进一步地,R 1为甲基,R 2为氢。 In some embodiments, one of R 1 and R 2 is C 1-3 alkyl, and the other is hydrogen; further, one of R 1 and R 2 is methyl, and the other is hydrogen; further, R 1 is methyl and R 2 is hydrogen.

在一些实施例中,R 1和R 2中一个为卤素,另一个为氢;进一步地,R 1和R 2中一个为氯,另一个为氢;更进一步地,R 1为氯,R 2为氢。 In some embodiments, one of R 1 and R 2 is halogen and the other is hydrogen; further, one of R 1 and R 2 is chlorine and the other is hydrogen; still further, R 1 is chlorine and R 2 for hydrogen.

在一些实施例中,R 1和R 2中有一个为卤素,另一个为C 1-3烷基;进一步地,R 1和R 2中有一个为氟,另一个为甲基;进一步地,R 1为甲基,R 2为氟。 In some embodiments, one of R 1 and R 2 is halogen, and the other is C 1-3 alkyl; further, one of R 1 and R 2 is fluorine, and the other is methyl; further, R 1 is methyl and R 2 is fluorine.

在一些实施例中,

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000005
In some embodiments,
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000004
for
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000005

在一些实施例中,R 4a为C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、或3至6元杂环烷基,其中所述C 1-3烷基被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、羟基、卤素(优选为氟);所述C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)和3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、卤素(优选为氟)。 In some embodiments, R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, hydroxy, halogen (preferably fluorine); the C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl) and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or replaced by 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) are substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy, halogen (preferably fluoro).

在一些实施例中,R 4a为氘代C 1-6烷基;进一步地,R 4a为氘代C 1-3烷基。 In some embodiments, R 4a is deuterated C 1-6 alkyl; further, R 4a is deuterated C 1-3 alkyl.

在一些实施例中,R 4a为氘代C 1-3烷基,进一步地,选自:单氘代甲基、单氘代乙基、二氘代甲基、二氘代乙基、三氘代甲基、三氘代乙基。 In some embodiments, R 4a is deuterated C 1-3 alkyl, further, selected from the group consisting of: mono-deuterated methyl, mono-deuterated ethyl, di-deuterated methyl, di-deuterated ethyl, tri-deuterated Substituted methyl, trideuteroethyl.

在一些实施例中,R 4a为羟基取代C 1-6烷基;进一步地,R 4a为羟基取代C 1-3烷基;更进一步地,R 4a为羟基取代甲基。 In some embodiments, R 4a is hydroxy substituted C 1-6 alkyl; further, R 4a is hydroxy substituted C 1-3 alkyl; still further, R 4a is hydroxy substituted methyl.

在一些实施例中,R 4a为C 3-6环烷基;进一步地,R 4a为环丙基。在一些实施例中,R 4a为卤素取代的C 3-6环烷基或羟基取代的C 3-6环烷基;进一步地,R 4a为氟代环丙基或羟基取代的环丙基。 In some embodiments, R 4a is C 3-6 cycloalkyl; further, R 4a is cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R 4a is halogen substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl or hydroxy substituted C 3-6 cycloalkyl; further, R 4a is fluoro cyclopropyl or hydroxy substituted cyclopropyl.

在一些实施例中,R 4a为C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、或3至6元杂环烷基,其中,所述3至6元杂环烷基含有1、2或3个氧原子作为环原子;所述C 1-3烷基被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:羟基、卤素(优选为氟);所述C 3-6环烷基、3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:羟基、C 1-3烷基、卤素(优选为氟)。 In some embodiments, R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl Cycloalkyl groups contain 1, 2 or 3 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; the C 1-3 alkyl group is surrounded by 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen (preferably fluorine); the C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1 One or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, C 1-3 alkyl, halogen (preferably fluorine).

在一些实施例中,3至6元杂环烷基选自:环氧乙烷基、氧杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡喃基、二氧戊环基和二氧六环基。In some embodiments, the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group is selected from the group consisting of: oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxolanyl, and dioxane .

在一些实施例中,3至6元杂环烷基选自以下基团:In some embodiments, the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the following groups:

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000006

在一些实施例中,R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元杂环烯基环或5至6元杂芳基环;其中所述3至6元杂环烷基环为

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000007
所述5至6元杂环烯基环为
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000008
所述5至6元杂芳基环为
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000009
其中所述3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元杂环烯基环、5至6元杂芳基环为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基。 In some embodiments, R 3 , R 4 are linked together to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring together with the attached carbon and nitrogen atoms base ring; wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring is
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000007
The 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring is
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000008
The 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000009
wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or is independently selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 or 3 Substituent substitution: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC( O) C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl.

在一些实施例中,R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成如下结构: In some embodiments, R 3 and R 4 are linked together to form the following structure together with the linked carbon and nitrogen atoms:

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000010

在一些实施例中,所述式(I)所示化合物具有式(Ⅱ)所示结构:In some embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (I) has the structure represented by the formula (II):

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000011

其中式中各基团如上所定义。wherein each group in the formula is as defined above.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅱ)中,R 1为甲基;R 2为氢。 In some embodiments, in formula (II), R 1 is methyl; R 2 is hydrogen.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅱ)中,R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成的3至6元杂环烷基环为

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000013
5至6元杂环烯基环为
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000014
5至6元杂芳基环为
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000015
其中3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元杂环烯基环、5至6元杂芳基环为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基。 In some embodiments, in formula (II), R 3 and R 4 are connected together, and the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring formed together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms is
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000013
The 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring is
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000014
The 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring is
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000015
wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, and the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring are unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Substituted: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O) C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl.

在一些实施例中,R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成如下结构: In some embodiments, R 3 and R 4 are linked together to form the following structure together with the linked carbon and nitrogen atoms:

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000016

在一些实施例中,所述式(I)所示化合物具有式(Ⅲ)所示结构:In some embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (I) has the structure represented by the formula (III):

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000017

其中式中各基团如上所定义。wherein each group in the formula is as defined above.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 1为C 1-6烷基(优选为C 1-3烷基,更优选为甲基);R 2为氢或卤素(优选为氟或氯)。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (III), R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl, more preferably methyl); R 2 is hydrogen or halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine).

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 1为甲基;R 2为氢或氟。 In some embodiments, in the structure of formula (III), R 1 is methyl; R 2 is hydrogen or fluorine.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,Z 5为CH 2In some embodiments, in the structure of formula (III), Z 5 is CH 2 .

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,n为0。In some embodiments, in the structure of formula (III), n is 0.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 5为羟基、羧基、-COOCH 3或-CONH 2In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (III), R 5 is hydroxyl, carboxyl, -COOCH 3 or -CONH 2 .

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 4a为氘代C 1-6烷基,或为氘代C 1-3烷基、或为单氘代甲基、单氘代乙基、二氘代甲基、二氘代乙基、三氘代甲基、三氘代乙基,或为三氘代甲基(CD 3)。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (III), R 4a is deuterated C 1-6 alkyl, or deuterated C 1-3 alkyl, or mono-deuterated methyl, mono-deuterated ethyl group, di-deuteromethyl, di-deuteroethyl, tri-deuteromethyl, tri-deuteroethyl, or tri-deuteromethyl (CD 3 ).

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 4a为三氘代甲基(CD 3)。 In some embodiments, in the structure of formula (III), R 4a is trideuteromethyl (CD 3 ).

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 4a为C 3-8环烷基(优选为C 3-6环烷基,更优选为环丙基)、或被1、2或3个羟基取代的C 1-6烷基(优选被1个羟基取代的C 1-3烷基)。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (III), R 4a is C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl), or by 1, 2 or C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 3 hydroxy groups (preferably C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 1 hydroxy).

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅲ)所示结构中,R 4a为环丙基、羟基取代的甲基和羟基取代的异丙基。 In some embodiments, in the structure of formula (III), R 4a is cyclopropyl, hydroxy-substituted methyl, and hydroxy-substituted isopropyl.

在一些实施例中,所述式(I)所示化合物具有式(Ⅳ)所示结构:In some embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (I) has the structure represented by the formula (IV):

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000018

其中式中各基团如上所定义。wherein each group in the formula is as defined above.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,R 2为H或氟。 In some embodiments, in the structure of formula (IV), R 2 is H or fluorine.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,Z 6为NH,Z 7为S;或者Z 6为S,Z 7为NH。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), Z 6 is NH, and Z 7 is S; or Z 6 is S, and Z 7 is NH.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,Z 6为CH 2,Z 7为S;或者Z 6为S,Z 7为CH 2In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), Z 6 is CH 2 and Z 7 is S; or Z 6 is S and Z 7 is CH 2 .

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,Z 6为CH 2,Z 7为S。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), Z 6 is CH 2 , and Z 7 is S.

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,Z 6为S,Z 7为CH 2In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), Z 6 is S, and Z 7 is CH 2 .

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,R 4a为C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、或3至6元杂环烷基,其中所述C 1-3烷基被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、羟基、卤素(优选为氟);所述C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1个或多个(优选1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9个或更多个)独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、卤素(优选为氟)。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl group is substituted with 1 or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of : deuterium, hydroxyl, halogen (preferably fluorine); the C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy , halogen (preferably fluorine).

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,R 4a选自:被1、2或3个羟基取代的C 3-8环烷基(优选为被1个羟基取代C 3-6环烷基,更优选为被1个羟基取代的环丙基)、被1、2或3个卤素取代的C 3-8环烷基(优选为被1个氟取代的C 3-6环烷基,更优选为被1个氟取代的环丙基)、和被1、2或3个羟基取代的C 1-6烷基(优选被1个羟基取代的C 1-3烷基)。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), R 4a is selected from: C 3-8 cycloalkyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 hydroxy groups (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 1 hydroxy group) alkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl substituted with 1 hydroxy), C 3-8 cycloalkyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 halogens (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 1 fluorine) , more preferably cyclopropyl substituted with 1 fluorine), and C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 hydroxy (preferably C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 1 hydroxy).

在一些实施例中,式(Ⅳ)所示结构中,R 4a选自:羟基取代环丙基、氟代环丙基、羟基取代甲基、羟基取代乙基。 In some embodiments, in the structure represented by formula (IV), R 4a is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy-substituted cyclopropyl, fluoro-cyclopropyl, hydroxy-substituted methyl, and hydroxy-substituted ethyl.

在一些实施例中,式(I)化合物为下列化合物中的任意一个:In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is any of the following compounds:

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000019

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000020

本发明第二方面提供了一种药物组合物,包括上述式(I)所示化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体;以及药学上可接受的载体。The second aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, comprising the compound represented by the above formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

本发明第三方面提供了上述式(I)所示化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体在制备治疗与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病的药物中的应用。The third aspect of the present invention provides a compound represented by the above formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof in the preparation of a medicament for treating diseases related to P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity application.

本发明第四方面提供了第二方面所述的药物组合物在制备治疗与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病的药物中的用途。The fourth aspect of the present invention provides the use of the pharmaceutical composition described in the second aspect in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity.

在一些实施例中,所述的与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病为疼痛、泌尿道病症、胃肠疾病、癌症、免疫相关的疾病、咳嗽、抑郁症、焦虑或应激相关病症。In some embodiments, the disease associated with P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity is pain, urinary tract disorder, gastrointestinal disease, cancer, immune-related disease, cough, depression, anxiety, or stress-related disorder .

本发明第五方面提供了一种治疗与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病的方法,包括向患者施加治疗有效量的本发明第一方面所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体或本发明第二方面所述的药物组合物。A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity, comprising administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the first aspect of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form thereof A salt, or a stereoisomer thereof or the pharmaceutical composition of the second aspect of the present invention.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

本发明人经过广泛而深入的研究,意外地发现了这类吗啉衍生物不仅具有显著的P2X3抑制活性和较低的P2X2/3抑制活性,此外还具有优异的体内药代参数,特别是较低的清除率和较高的吸收程度。因此该系列化合物有望开发成为用于调节P2X3和/或P2X2/3以治疗由P2X3和/或P2X2/3介导(或以其它方式与P2X3和/或P2X2/3相关)的各种疾病的药物。在此基础上,发明人完成了本发明。After extensive and in-depth research, the inventors unexpectedly found that this kind of morpholine derivatives not only has significant P2X3 inhibitory activity and low P2X2/3 inhibitory activity, but also has excellent in vivo pharmacokinetic parameters, especially relatively Low clearance and high absorption. Therefore, this series of compounds is expected to be developed into drugs for modulating P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 to treat various diseases mediated by (or otherwise associated with) P2X3 and/or P2X2/3 . On this basis, the inventors have completed the present invention.

术语定义Definition of Terms

为了能够更清楚地理解本发明的技术内容,下面对本发明的术语作进一步说明。In order to understand the technical content of the present invention more clearly, the terms of the present invention are further described below.

“烷基”指直链和支链的饱和的脂族烃基。“C 1-6烷基”是指具有1至6个碳原子的烷基,优优选为C 1-3烷基;烷基的非限制性的例子包括:甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、仲丁基、正戊基、1,1-二甲基丙基、1,2-二甲基丙基、2,2-二甲基丙基、1-乙基丙基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、正己基、1-乙基-2-甲基丙基、1,1,2-三甲基丙基、1,1-二甲基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丁基、1,3-二甲基丁基、2-乙基丁基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、4-甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基丁基、正庚基、2-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、4-甲基己基、5-甲基己基、2,3-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、2-乙基戊基、3-乙基戊基、正辛基、2,3-二甲基己基、2,4-二甲基己基、2,5-二甲基己基、2,2-二甲基己基、3,3-二甲基己基、4,4-二甲基己基、2-乙基己基、3-乙基己基、4-乙基己基、2-甲基-2-乙基戊基、2-甲基-3-乙基戊基、正壬基、2-甲基-2-乙基己基、2-甲基-3-乙基己基、2,2-二乙基戊基、正癸基、3,3-二乙基己基、2,2-二乙基己基,及其各种支链异构体等更优选。 "Alkyl" refers to straight and branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. "C 1-6 alkyl" refers to an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably C 1-3 alkyl; non-limiting examples of alkyl include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl , isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-di Methylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl propyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methyl ylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 2 -Ethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, n-octyl, 2,3-dimethylhexyl, 2,4-dimethylhexyl, 2,5-dimethylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl ylhexyl, 3,3-dimethylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylhexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 3-ethylhexyl, 4-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylpentyl , 2-methyl-3-ethylpentyl, n-nonyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylpentyl, n- Decyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylhexyl, various branched isomers thereof, and the like are more preferable.

“环烷基”和“环烷基环”可互换使用,均指饱和单环、双环或多环环状烃基,该基团可以与芳基或杂芳基稠合。环烷基环可以任选地被取代。在某些实施方案中,环烷基环含有一个或多个羰基,例如氧代的基团。“C 3-8环烷基”是指具有3至8个碳原子的单环环烷基,环烷基的非限制性实施例包括环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、环庚基、环辛基、环丁酮、环戊酮、环戊烷-1,3-二酮等。优选为C 3-6环烷基,包括环丙基、环丁基、环戊基和环己基。 "Cycloalkyl" and "cycloalkyl ring" are used interchangeably and both refer to a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon group which may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Cycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl ring contains one or more carbonyl groups, eg, oxo groups. "C 3-8 cycloalkyl" refers to a monocyclic cycloalkyl having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, Cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclobutanone, cyclopentanone, cyclopentane-1,3-dione, etc. Preferred are C3-6 cycloalkyl groups, including cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.

“杂环烷基”和“杂环烷基环”可互换使用,均指包含至少一个选自氮、氧和硫的杂原子的环烷基,该基团可以与芳基或杂芳基稠合。杂环烷基环可以任选地被取代。在某些实施方案中,杂环烷基环含有一个或多个羰基或硫代羰基,例如包含氧代和硫代的基团。“3至6元杂环烷基”是指具有3至6个环原子,其中1、2或3个环原子为选自氮、氧和硫的杂原子的单环环状烃基,优选为3至6元杂环烷基中1或2个环原子为选自氮、氧和硫的杂原子。单环杂环烷基的非限制性实施例包括氮丙环基、环氧乙烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、氧杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢噻吩基、四氢吡咯基、噁唑烷基、二氧戊环基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、二氧六环基、硫代吗啉基、硫代吗啉-1,1-二氧化物、四氢吡喃基、氮杂环丁烷-2-酮基、氧杂环丁烷-2-酮基、二氢呋喃-2(3H)-酮基、吡咯烷-2-酮基、吡咯烷-2,5-二酮基、二氢呋喃-2,5-二酮基、哌啶-2-酮基、四氢-2H-吡喃-2-酮基、哌嗪-2-酮基、吗啉-3-酮基等。"Heterocycloalkyl" and "heterocycloalkyl ring" are used interchangeably and both refer to a cycloalkyl group containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, which group may be combined with an aryl or heteroaryl group fused. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl ring contains one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups, eg, oxo- and thio-containing groups. "3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl" refers to a monocyclic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 6 ring atoms, wherein 1, 2 or 3 ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, preferably 3 1 or 2 ring atoms in the 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups include aziridine, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl , oxazolidinyl, dioxolanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dioxane, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide, tetra Hydropyranyl, azetidine-2-one, oxetane-2-one, dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one, pyrrolidin-2-one, pyrrolidine- 2,5-dione, dihydrofuran-2,5-dione, piperidin-2-one, tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-one, piperazin-2-one, Lino-3-one group, etc.

“杂环烯基”和“杂环烯基环”可互换使用,是指环内包含一个或多个碳-碳双键或碳-氮双键的杂环烷基,但并不意图包括如本文所定义的杂芳基部分。该基团可以与芳基或杂芳基稠合。杂环烯基环可以任选地被取代。在某些实施方案中,杂环烯基环含有一个或多个羰基或硫代羰基,例如包含氧代和硫代的基团。“5至6元杂环烯基环”是指具有5至6个环原子,其中1、2或3个环原子为选自氮、氧和硫的杂原子的杂环烯基环。杂环烯基环的非限制性实施例包括4,5-二氢-1H-咪唑环、1,4,5,6-四氢嘧啶环、3,4,7,8-四氢-2H-1,4,6-恶二唑嗪环、1,6-二氢嘧啶环、4,5,6,7-四氢-1H-1,3-二氮杂卓环、2,5,6,7-四氢-1,3,5-恶二氮杂卓环。"Heterocycloalkenyl" and "heterocycloalkenyl ring" are used interchangeably to refer to a heterocycloalkyl group containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds or carbon-nitrogen double bonds within the ring, but are not intended to include, for example, Heteroaryl moiety as defined herein. This group can be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group. Heterocycloalkenyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, the heterocycloalkenyl ring contains one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups, eg, oxo- and thio-containing groups. "5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring" refers to a heterocycloalkenyl ring having 5 to 6 ring atoms, wherein 1, 2 or 3 ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Non-limiting examples of heterocycloalkenyl rings include 4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole rings, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine rings, 3,4,7,8-tetrahydro-2H- 1,4,6-oxadiazosine ring, 1,6-dihydropyrimidine ring, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-1,3-diazepine ring, 2,5,6, 7-Tetrahydro-1,3,5-oxadiazepine.

“杂芳基”和“杂芳基环”可互换使用,均指具有环碳原子和环杂原子的单环、双环或多环的4n+2芳族环体系(例如,具有以环状排列共享的6或10个π电子)的基团,其中每个杂原子独立地选自氮、氧和硫。本发明中,杂芳基还包括其中上述杂芳基环与一个或多个环烷基环、杂环烷基环、环烯基环、杂环烯基环或芳环稠合的环系统。杂芳基环可以任选地被取代。“5至6元杂芳基”是指具有5至6个环原子,其中1、2、3或4个环原子为杂原子的单环杂芳基。非限制性实施例包括噻吩基、呋喃基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、咪唑基、噁唑基、吡咯基、吡唑基、三唑基、1,2,3-三唑基、1,2,4-三唑基、1,2,5-三唑基、1,3,4-三唑基、四唑基、异噁唑基、噁二唑基、1,2,3-噁二唑基、1,2,4-噁二唑基、1,2,5-噁二唑基、1,3,4-恶二唑基、噻二唑基、吡啶基、哒嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、三嗪基、四嗪基。“8至10元杂芳基”是指具有8至10个环原子,其中1、2、3或4个环原子为杂原子的双环杂芳基,非限制性实施例包括吲哚基、异吲哚基、吲唑基、苯并三唑基、苯并噻吩基、异苯并噻吩基、苯并呋喃基、苯并异呋喃基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噁唑基、苯并异噁唑基、苯并噁二唑基、苯并噻唑基、苯并异噻唑基、苯并噻二唑基、茚嗪基、嘌呤基、吡啶并[3,2-d]嘧啶基、吡啶并[2,3-d]嘧啶基、吡啶并[3,4-d]嘧啶基、吡啶并[4,3-d]嘧啶基、1,8-萘啶基、1,7-萘啶基、1,6-萘啶基、1,5-萘啶基、喋啶基、喹啉基、异喹啉基、噌琳基、喹喔啉基、酞嗪基和喹唑啉基。“杂原子”是指氮、氧或硫。在含有一个或多个氮原子的杂芳基中,只要化合价允许,连接点可以是碳或氮原子。杂芳基双环系统在一个或两个环中可以包括一个或多个杂原子。"Heteroaryl" and "heteroaryl ring" are used interchangeably and both refer to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (eg, having a ring carbon atom and a ring heteroatom) Arrangement of shared 6 or 10 pi electrons) groups wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In the present invention, heteroaryl also includes ring systems in which the aforementioned heteroaryl ring is fused to one or more cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl or aromatic rings. Heteroaryl rings can be optionally substituted. "5- to 6-membered heteroaryl" refers to a monocyclic heteroaryl having 5 to 6 ring atoms of which 1, 2, 3 or 4 are heteroatoms. Non-limiting examples include thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2 ,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazole base, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, Pyrazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl. "8- to 10-membered heteroaryl" refers to a bicyclic heteroaryl group having 8 to 10 ring atoms, of which 1, 2, 3 or 4 are heteroatoms, non-limiting examples include indolyl, iso Indolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuryl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benziso oxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, indenyl, purinyl, pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido [2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,7-naphthyridinyl, 1,6-Naphthyridinyl, 1,5-naphthyridinyl, pteridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl and quinazolinyl. "Heteroatom" refers to nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In heteroaryl groups containing one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment may be a carbon or nitrogen atom as valence allows. Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.

“卤素”指氟、氯、溴或碘。"Halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.

“卤代”指基团中一个或多个(如1、2、3、4或5个)氢被卤素所取代。"Halo" refers to the replacement of one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) hydrogens in a group with a halogen.

“卤代烷基”指烷基被一个或多个(如1、2、3、4或5个)卤素取代,其中烷基的定义如上所述。优选为卤代C 1-8烷基,更选为卤代C 1-6烷基,更优选为卤代C 1-3烷基。卤代烷基的例子包括(但不限于)一氯甲基、二氯甲基、三氯甲基、一氯乙基、1,2-二氯乙基、三氯乙基、一溴乙基、一氟甲基、二氟甲基、三氟甲基、一氟乙基、二氟乙基、三氟乙基等。 "Haloalkyl" means an alkyl group substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) halogens, wherein alkyl is as defined above. It is preferably a halogenated C 1-8 alkyl group, more preferably a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, and more preferably a halogenated C 1-3 alkyl group. Examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, monochloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, monochloroethyl, 1,2-dichloroethyl, trichloroethyl, monobromoethyl, monochloroethyl Fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, monofluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl and the like.

“氘代烷基”指烷基被一个或多个(如1、2、3、4或5个)氘原子取代,其中烷基的定义如上所述。优选为氘代C 1-8烷基,更优选为氘代C 1-6烷基,更优选为氘代C 1-3烷基。氘代烷基的例子包括(但不限于)单氘代甲基、单氘代乙基、二氘代甲基、二氘代乙基、三氘代甲基、三氘代乙基等。 "Deuterated alkyl" means an alkyl group substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) deuterium atoms, wherein alkyl is as defined above. Preferably it is deuterated C 1-8 alkyl, more preferably deuterated C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably deuterated C 1-3 alkyl. Examples of deuterated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, mono-deuteromethyl, mono-deuteroethyl, di-deuteromethyl, di-deuteroethyl, tri-deuteromethyl, tri-deuteroethyl, and the like.

“烷氧基”指-O-烷基,其中烷基的定义如上所述。优选C 1-8烷氧基,更优选C 1-6烷氧基,最优选C 1-3烷氧基。烷氧基的非限制性实施例包含甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、丁氧基、叔丁氧基、异丁氧基、戊氧基等。 "Alkoxy" refers to -O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above. Preferred is C 1-8 alkoxy, more preferred is C 1-6 alkoxy, and most preferred is C 1-3 alkoxy. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, isobutoxy, pentoxy, and the like.

“环烷基氧基”指-O-环烷基,其中环烷基的定义如上所述。优选C 3-8环烷基氧基,更优选C 3-6环烷基氧基。环烷基氧基的非限制性实施例包含环丙基氧基、环丁基氧基、环戊基氧基、环己基氧基等。 "Cycloalkyloxy" refers to -O-cycloalkyl, wherein cycloalkyl is as defined above. C 3-8 cycloalkyloxy is preferred, and C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy is more preferred. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyloxy include cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.

“卤代烷氧基”指烷氧基被一个或多个(如1、2、3、4或5个)卤素取代,其中烷氧基的定义如上所述。优选为卤代C 1-8烷氧基,更优选为卤代C 1-6烷氧基,更优选为卤代C 1-3烷氧基。卤代烷氧基包括(但不限于)三氟甲氧基、三氟乙氧基、一氟甲氧基、一氟乙氧基、二氟甲氧基、二氟乙氧基等。 "Haloalkoxy" means an alkoxy group substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) halogens, wherein alkoxy is as defined above. It is preferably a halogenated C 1-8 alkoxy group, more preferably a halogenated C 1-6 alkoxy group, and more preferably a halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy group. Haloalkoxy includes, but is not limited to, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, monofluoromethoxy, monofluoroethoxy, difluoromethoxy, difluoroethoxy, and the like.

“氨基”指NH 2,“氰基”指CN,“硝基”指NO 2,“苯甲基”指-CH 2-苯基,“氧代基”指=O,“羧基”指-C(O)OH,“乙酰基”指 -C(O)CH 3,“羟甲基”指-CH 2OH,“羟乙基”指-CH 2CH 2OH或-CHOHCH 3,“羟基”指-OH,“硫醇”指SH。 "Amino" refers to NH2 , "cyano" refers to CN, "nitro" refers to NO2, "benzyl" refers to -CH2 - phenyl, "oxo" refers to =O, and "carboxy" refers to -C (O)OH, "acetyl" refers to -C(O)CH 3 , "hydroxymethyl" refers to -CH 2 OH, "hydroxyethyl" refers to -CH 2 CH 2 OH or -CHOHCH 3 , "hydroxyl" refers to -OH, "thiol" refers to SH.

“取代的”指基团中的一个或多个氢原子,优选为1~5个氢原子彼此独立地被相应数目的取代基取代,更优选为1~3个氢原子彼此独立地被相应数目的取代基取代。不言而喻,取代基仅处在它们的可能的化学位置,本领域技术人员能够在不付出过多努力的情况下确定(通过实验或理论)可能或不可能的取代。例如,具有游离氢的氨基或羟基与具有不饱和(如烯属)键的碳原子结合时可能是不稳定的。"Substituted" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in a group, preferably 1 to 5 hydrogen atoms, independently of each other, are substituted by a corresponding number of substituents, more preferably 1 to 3 hydrogen atoms are independently of each other replaced by a corresponding number of substituents Substituents are substituted. It goes without saying that the substituents are only in their possible chemical positions, and the person skilled in the art can determine (either experimentally or theoretically) possible or impossible substitutions without undue effort. For example, amino or hydroxyl groups with free hydrogens may be unstable when combined with carbon atoms with unsaturated (eg, olefinic) bonds.

本发明中未指出取代基数目时表述任选可取代数目的取代基进行取代。In the present invention, when the number of substituents is not indicated, it is indicated that the substituents of the number of substitutable groups are optionally substituted.

除非另有定义,本发明所述“各自独立地选自……的取代基”是指当基团上的一个以上的氢被取代基取代时,所述的取代基种类可以相同或不同,所选自的取代基为各自独立的种类。Unless otherwise defined, the term "substituents independently selected from ..." in the present invention means that when more than one hydrogen on a group is substituted by a substituent, the types of the substituents may be the same or different, so The selected substituents are each independent species.

除非另有定义,否则本文任一基团可以是取代的或未取代的。上述基团被取代时,取代基优选为1至5个独立地选自以下的基团:氰基、卤素(优选氟或氯)、C 1-8烷基(优选C 1-6烷基,更优选C 1-3烷基)、C 1-8烷氧基(优选C 1-6烷氧基,更优选C 1-3烷氧基)、卤代C 1-8烷基(优选卤代C 1-6烷基,更优选卤代C 1-3烷基)、C 3-8环烷基(优选C 3-6环烷基)、卤代C 1-8烷氧基(优选卤代C 1-6烷氧基,更优选卤代C 1-3烷氧基)、C 1-8烷基取代的氨基、卤代C 1-8烷基取代的氨基、乙酰基、羟基、羟甲基、羟乙基、羧基、硝基、C 6-10芳基(优选苯基)、C 3-8环烷基氧基(优选为C 3-6环烷基氧基)、C 2-8烯基(优选C 2-6烯基,更优选C 2-4烯基)、C 2-8炔基(优选C 2-6炔基,更优选C 2-4炔基)、-CONR a0R b0、-C(O)OC 1-10烷基(优选为-C(O)OC 1-6烷基,更优选为-C(O)OC 1-3烷基)、-CHO、-OC(O)C 1-10烷基(优选为-OC(O)C 1-6烷基,更优选为-OC(O)C 1-3烷基)、-SO 2C 1-10烷基(优选为-SO 2C 1-6烷基,更优选为-SO 2C 1-3烷基)、-SO 2C 6-10芳基(优选为-SO 2C 6芳基,如-SO 2-苯基)、-COC 6-10芳基(优选为-COC 6芳基,如-CO-苯基)、4至6元饱和或不饱和单杂环、4至6元饱和或不饱和单环、5至6元单环杂芳基环、8至10元双环杂芳基环、螺环、螺杂环、桥环或桥杂环,其中R a0、R b0各自独立地为氢或C 1-3烷基。 Unless otherwise defined, any group herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. When the above groups are substituted, the substituents are preferably 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the following groups: cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine), C 1-8 alkyl (preferably C 1-6 alkyl, More preferably C 1-3 alkyl), C 1-8 alkoxy (preferably C 1-6 alkoxy, more preferably C 1-3 alkoxy), halogenated C 1-8 alkyl (preferably halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably halogenated C 1-3 alkyl), C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl), halogenated C 1-8 alkoxy (preferably halogenated C 1-6 alkoxy, more preferably halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy), C 1-8 alkyl substituted amino, halogenated C 1-8 alkyl substituted amino, acetyl, hydroxyl, methylol base, hydroxyethyl, carboxyl, nitro, C 6-10 aryl (preferably phenyl), C 3-8 cycloalkyloxy (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy), C 2-8 Alkenyl (preferably C 2-6 alkenyl, more preferably C 2-4 alkenyl), C 2-8 alkynyl (preferably C 2-6 alkynyl, more preferably C 2-4 alkynyl), -CONR a0 R b0 , -C(O)OC 1-10 alkyl (preferably -C(O)OC 1-6 alkyl, more preferably -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl), -CHO, -OC ( O)C 1-10 alkyl (preferably -OC(O)C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl), -SO 2 C 1-10 alkyl (preferably is -SO 2 C 1-6 alkyl, more preferably -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl), -SO 2 C 6-10 aryl (preferably -SO 2 C 6 aryl, such as -SO 2 - phenyl), -COC 6-10 aryl (preferably -COC 6 aryl, such as -CO-phenyl), 4- to 6-membered saturated or unsaturated monoheterocycle, 4- to 6-membered saturated or unsaturated monocycle , 5- to 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring, 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring, spirocycle, spiroheterocycle, bridged ring or bridged heterocycle, wherein R a0 , R b0 are each independently hydrogen or C 1 -3 alkyl.

本文以上所述的各类取代基团其自身也是可以被本文所描述的基团取代。The various substituent groups described herein above may themselves be substituted with the groups described herein.

药物组合物pharmaceutical composition

通常本发明化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、或其溶剂化物、或其立体异构体、或前药可以与一种或多种药用载体形成适合的剂型施用。这些剂型适用于口服、直肠给药、局部给药、口内给药以及其他非胃肠道施用(例如,皮下、肌肉、静脉等)。例如,适合口服给药的剂型包括胶囊、片剂、颗粒剂以及糖浆等。这些制剂中包含的本发明的化合物可以是:固体粉末或颗粒;水性或非水性液体中的溶液或是混悬液;油包水或水包油的乳剂等。上述剂型可由活性化合物与一种或多种载体或辅料经由通用的药剂学方法制成。上述的载体需要与活性化合物或其他辅料兼容。对于固体制剂,常用的无毒载体包括但不限于甘露醇、乳糖、淀粉、硬脂酸镁、纤维素、葡萄糖、蔗糖等。用于液体制剂的载体包括水、生理盐水、葡萄糖水溶液、乙二醇和聚乙二醇等。活性化合物可与上述载体形成溶液或是混悬液。Generally, a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a prodrug thereof, may be administered in a suitable dosage form with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These dosage forms are suitable for oral, rectal, topical, intraoral, and other parenteral administration (eg, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, etc.). For example, dosage forms suitable for oral administration include capsules, tablets, granules, syrups, and the like. The compounds of the present invention contained in these formulations may be: solid powders or granules; solutions or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous liquids; water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsions, and the like. The above dosage forms can be prepared from the active compound and one or more carriers or excipients by conventional methods of pharmacy. The aforementioned carriers need to be compatible with the active compound or other excipients. For solid formulations, commonly used non-toxic carriers include, but are not limited to, mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and the like. Carriers for liquid preparations include water, physiological saline, aqueous dextrose, ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like. The active compounds may be in solution or suspension with the carriers described above.

“药学上可接受的载体”是指无毒、惰性、固态、半固态的物质或液体灌装机、稀释剂、封装材料或辅助制剂或任何类型辅料,其与患者相兼容,最好为哺乳动物,更优选为人,其适合将活性试剂输送到目标靶点而不终止试剂的活性。"Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" means a non-toxic, inert, solid, semi-solid substance or liquid filling machine, diluent, encapsulating material or auxiliary preparation or any type of auxiliary material, which is compatible with the patient, preferably breastfeeding An animal, more preferably a human, is suitable for delivering an active agent to a target of interest without terminating the activity of the agent.

本发明的组合物以符合医学实践规范的方式配制、定量和给药。给予化合物的“治疗有效量”由要治疗的具体病症、治疗的个体、病症的起因、药物的靶点以及给药方式等因素决定。The compositions of the present invention are formulated, dosed and administered in a manner consistent with standard medical practice. A "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound to be administered will be determined by such factors as the particular condition to be treated, the individual being treated, the cause of the condition, the target of the drug, and the mode of administration.

“治疗有效量”是指将引起个体的生物学或医学响应,例如降低或抑制酶或蛋白质活性或改善症状、缓解病症、减缓或延迟疾病进程或预防疾病等的本发明化合物的量。A "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount of a compound of the invention that will elicit a biological or medical response in an individual, such as reducing or inhibiting enzyme or protein activity or ameliorating symptoms, alleviating a disorder, slowing or delaying disease progression, or preventing disease, and the like.

本发明的所述药物组合物或所述药用组合物中含有的本发明化合物或其药学上可接受的盐、或其溶剂化物、或其立体异构体、或其前药的治疗有效量优选为0.1mg-5g/kg(体重)。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention or a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a prodrug thereof, contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention It is preferably 0.1 mg to 5 g/kg (body weight).

“患者”是指一种动物,最好为哺乳动物,更好的为人。术语“哺乳动物”是指温血脊椎类哺乳动物,包括如猫、狗、兔、熊、狐狸、狼、猴子、鹿、鼠、猪和人类。"Patient" means an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human. The term "mammal" refers to warm-blooded vertebrate mammals including, for example, cats, dogs, rabbits, bears, foxes, wolves, monkeys, deer, mice, pigs and humans.

“治疗”是指减轻、延缓进展、衰减、预防,或维持现有疾病或病症(例如癌症)。治疗还包括将疾病或病症的一个或多个症状治愈、预防其发展或减轻到某种程度。"Treatment" refers to alleviating, delaying the progression, attenuating, preventing, or maintaining an existing disease or disorder (eg, cancer). Treatment also includes curing, preventing the development or alleviating to some extent one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder.

所述“药学上可接受的盐”包括药学上可接受的酸加成盐和药学上可接受的碱加成盐。The "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts.

“药学上可接受的酸加成盐”是指能够保留游离碱的生物有效性而无其他副作用的、与无机酸或有机酸所形成的盐。无机酸盐包括但不限于盐酸盐、氢溴酸盐、硫酸盐、磷酸盐等;有机酸盐包括但不限于甲酸盐、乙酸盐、丙酸盐、乙醇酸盐、葡糖酸盐、乳酸盐、草酸盐、马来酸盐、琥珀酸盐、富马酸盐、酒石酸盐、柠檬酸盐、谷氨酸盐、天冬氨酸盐、苯甲酸盐、甲磺酸盐、对甲苯磺酸盐和水杨酸盐等。这些盐可通过本专业已知的方法制备。"Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts" refers to salts with inorganic or organic acids that retain the biological effectiveness of the free base without other side effects. Inorganic acid salts include but are not limited to hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, etc.; organic acid salts include but are not limited to formate, acetate, propionate, glycolate, gluconate , Lactate, Oxalate, Maleate, Succinate, Fumarate, Tartrate, Citrate, Glutamate, Aspartate, Benzoate, Mesylate , p-toluenesulfonate and salicylate, etc. These salts can be prepared by methods known in the art.

“药学上可接受的碱加成盐”,包括但不限于无机碱的盐,如钠盐,钾盐,钙盐和镁盐等,并且包括但不限于有机碱的盐,比如铵盐,三乙胺盐,赖氨酸盐,精氨酸盐等。这些盐可通过本专业已知的方法制备。"Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts" include, but are not limited to, salts of inorganic bases, such as sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts, and the like, and include, but are not limited to, salts of organic bases, such as ammonium, tris Ethylamine salts, lysine salts, arginine salts, etc. These salts can be prepared by methods known in the art.

本发明的化合物可以含有一个或多个手性中心,并以不同的光学活性形式存在。当化合物含有一个手性中心时,化合物包含对映异构体。本发明包括这两种异构体和异构体的混合物,如外消旋混合物。对映异构体可以通过本专业已知的方法拆分,例如结晶以及手性色谱等方法。当化合物含有多于一个手性中心时,可以存在非对映异构体。本发明包括拆分过的光学纯的特定异构体以及非对映异构体的混合物。非对映异构体可由本专业已知方法拆分,比如结晶以及制备色谱。The compounds of the present invention may contain one or more chiral centers and exist in various optically active forms. When a compound contains one chiral center, the compound contains enantiomers. The present invention includes both isomers and mixtures of isomers, such as racemic mixtures. Enantiomers can be resolved by methods known in the art, such as crystallization and chiral chromatography. When a compound contains more than one chiral center, diastereomers may exist. The present invention includes resolved optically pure specific isomers as well as mixtures of diastereomers. Diastereomers can be resolved by methods known in the art, such as crystallization and preparative chromatography.

制备方法Preparation

本发明提供了式(I)化合物的制备方法,使用本领域技术人员已知的标准合成技术或使用本领域已知的方法与本发明描述的方法组合可以合成式(I)化合物。本发明给出的溶剂、温度和其它反应条件可以根据本领域技术而改变。所述反应可以按顺序使用,以提供本发明的化合物,或者它们可以用于合成片段,所述片段通过本发明所描述的方法和/或本领域已知的方法随后加入。The present invention provides methods for the preparation of compounds of formula (I), which can be synthesized using standard synthetic techniques known to those skilled in the art or using methods known in the art in combination with the methods described herein. The solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions given in the present invention can be varied according to the skill in the art. The reactions can be used sequentially to provide compounds of the invention, or they can be used to synthesize fragments that are subsequently added by the methods described herein and/or by methods known in the art.

本发明描述的化合物可以使用与下述类似的方法或实施例中所述的示例性方法,或本领域技术人员所用的相关公开文献,通过使用适当的可选择的起始原料合成。用于合成本发明所描述的化合物的起始原料可以是合成的或可以从商业来源获得。本发明描述的化合物和其它相关具有不同取代基的化合物可以使用本领域技术人员已知的技术和原料合成。制备本发明公开的化合物的一般方法可以来自本领域已知的反应,并且该反应可以通过由本领域技术人员所认为适当的试剂和条件修改,以引入本发明提供的分子中的各种部分。The compounds described herein can be synthesized using methods analogous to those described below or exemplified in the Examples, or relevant publications available to those skilled in the art, using appropriate alternative starting materials. The starting materials used to synthesize the compounds described herein may be synthetic or may be obtained from commercial sources. The compounds described herein and other related compounds having various substituents can be synthesized using techniques and starting materials known to those skilled in the art. The general methods for preparing the compounds disclosed herein can be derived from reactions known in the art, and the reactions can be modified to introduce various moieties in the molecules provided herein by reagents and conditions deemed appropriate by those skilled in the art.

与现有技术相比,本发明的主要优点在于:提供了一系列结构新颖的吗啉衍生物,其对P2X3具有较高的抑制活性,对P2X2/3抑制活性较低,具有用于治疗与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病的潜能。Compared with the prior art, the main advantage of the present invention is that it provides a series of morpholine derivatives with novel structures, which have high inhibitory activity on P2X3 and low inhibitory activity on P2X2/3, and are useful for treating and Potential for P2X3 activity or diseases associated with P2X2/3 activity.

下面结合具体实施例,进一步阐述本发明。应理解,这些实施例仅用于说明本发明而不用于限制本发明的范围。下列实施 例中未注明具体条件的实验方法,通常按照常规条件如Sambrook等人,分子克隆:实验室手册(New York:Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,1989)中所述的条件,或按照制造厂商所建议的条件。除非另外说明,否则百分比和份数按重量计算。除非另行定义,本文所用的术语与本领域熟练人员所熟悉的意义相同。此外,任何与所记载内容相似或同等的方法及材料皆可应用于本发明中。The present invention will be further described below in conjunction with specific embodiments. It should be understood that these examples are only used to illustrate the present invention and not to limit the scope of the present invention. The experimental method of unreceipted specific conditions in the following examples, usually according to conventional conditions such as Sambrook et al., molecular cloning: conditions described in laboratory manual (New York:Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989), or according to the manufacturer the proposed conditions. Percentages and parts are by weight unless otherwise indicated. Unless otherwise defined, terms used herein have the same meanings as those familiar to those skilled in the art. In addition, any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described can be used in the present invention.

试剂与仪器Reagents and Instruments

1HNMR:Bruker AVANCE-400核磁仪,内标为四甲基硅烷(TMS)。 1 HNMR: Bruker AVANCE-400 nuclear magnetic instrument, the internal standard is tetramethylsilane (TMS).

LC-MS:Agilent 1290 HPLC System/6130/6150 MS液质联用质谱仪(生产商:安捷伦),柱子Waters BEH/CHS,50×2.1mm,1.7μm。LC-MS: Agilent 1290 HPLC System/6130/6150 MS Liquid Mass Spectrometer (manufacturer: Agilent), column Waters BEH/CHS, 50×2.1 mm, 1.7 μm.

制备高效液相色谱(pre-HPLC):GX-281(生产商:吉尔森)。Preparative high performance liquid chromatography (pre-HPLC): GX-281 (manufacturer: Gilson).

采用ISCO Combiflash-Rf75或Rf200型自动过柱仪,Agela 4g、12g、20g、40g、80g、120g一次性硅胶柱。Use ISCO Combiflash-Rf75 or Rf200 automatic column passing instrument, Agela 4g, 12g, 20g, 40g, 80g, 120g disposable silica gel column.

已知的起始原料可以采用或按照本领域已知的方法来合成,或可以购自ABCR GmbH&Co.KG,Acros Organics,Aldrich Chemical Company,韶远化学科技(Accela ChemBio Inc)和达瑞化学品等公司。Known starting materials can be synthesized using or according to methods known in the art, or can be purchased from ABCR GmbH & Co. KG, Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Shaoyuan Chemical Technology (Accela ChemBio Inc) and Darui Chemicals, etc. company.

实施例中,反应进程的监测可采用薄层色谱法(TLC),化合物纯化可采用柱层析。柱层析或TLC所用的展开剂体系可选自:二氯甲烷和甲醇体系、正己烷和乙酸乙酯体系、石油醚和乙酸乙酯体系和丙酮体系等,溶剂的体积比根据化合物的极性不同而进行调节。In the examples, the progress of the reaction can be monitored by thin-layer chromatography (TLC), and the compound can be purified by column chromatography. The developing solvent system used in column chromatography or TLC can be selected from: dichloromethane and methanol system, n-hexane and ethyl acetate system, petroleum ether and ethyl acetate system and acetone system, etc. The volume ratio of the solvent is based on the polarity of the compound adjust differently.

如本文所用,DCM为二氯甲烷,DCE为1,2-二氯乙烷,DMF为N,N-二甲基甲酰胺,DMSO为二甲基亚砜,THF为四氢呋喃,EA为乙酸乙酯,PE为石油醚,n-BuLi为正丁基锂,HATU为2-(7-偶氮苯并三氮唑)-N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲六氟磷酸酯,TEA为三乙胺,DIEA或DIPEA为N,N-二异丙基乙胺,NBS为N-溴代丁二酰亚胺,NCS为N-氯代丁二酰亚胺,TBAF为四丁基氟化铵。As used herein, DCM is dichloromethane, DCE is 1,2-dichloroethane, DMF is N,N-dimethylformamide, DMSO is dimethylsulfoxide, THF is tetrahydrofuran, and EA is ethyl acetate , PE is petroleum ether, n-BuLi is n-butyl lithium, HATU is 2-(7-azobenzotriazole)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate, TEA is triethylamine, DIEA or DIPEA is N,N-diisopropylethylamine, NBS is N-bromosuccinimide, NCS is N-chlorosuccinimide, TBAF is tetrabutyl Ammonium fluoride.

如本文所用,室温是指约20-30℃。As used herein, room temperature refers to about 20-30°C.

中间体V1的制备Preparation of Intermediate V1

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000021

步骤1:将NaOH(14.42g,360.56mmol)溶到水(300mL)中,然后降到0℃,把Br 2(19.45g,121.69mmol)缓慢滴加到反应体系中保持0℃反应半个小时,然后把((苄氧基)羰基)-L-天冬酰胺(30g,112.68mmol)分批加到反应体系中,升到55℃反应3小时。反应液降到室温,用EA萃洗两遍,然后把水相用6M HCl调到PH为1,有固体析出,过滤,旋干滤饼得到V1-1(24.6g)。MS m/z(ESI):265.0[M+1] +Step 1: Dissolve NaOH (14.42g, 360.56mmol) in water (300mL), then drop to 0°C, slowly add Br 2 (19.45g, 121.69mmol) dropwise to the reaction system and keep the reaction at 0°C for half an hour , and then ((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-L-asparagine (30 g, 112.68 mmol) was added to the reaction system in batches, and the reaction was heated to 55° C. for 3 hours. The reaction solution was lowered to room temperature, extracted and washed twice with EA, and then the aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 1 with 6M HCl, a solid was precipitated, filtered, and the filter cake was spin-dried to obtain V1-1 (24.6 g). MS m/z (ESI): 265.0 [M+1] + .

步骤2:将V1-1(6.3g,23.84mmol)溶于MeOH(50mL)中。将反应液冷却到-20℃,然后SOCl 2(2.13g,17.88mmol,1.30mL)加到反应液中。反应液在-20℃搅拌2小时,再在25℃条件下搅拌16时。反应完全后,旋干溶剂,加入水和EtOAC,分离,EtOAc萃取两次,Na 2SO 4干燥。旋干EtOAC得到V1-2(6g)。MS m/z(ESI):279.0[M+1] +Step 2: Dissolve V1-1 (6.3 g, 23.84 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL). The reaction solution was cooled to -20°C, then SOCl 2 (2.13 g, 17.88 mmol, 1.30 mL) was added to the reaction solution. The reaction solution was stirred at -20°C for 2 hours and at 25°C for 16 hours. After the reaction was complete, the solvent was spin-dried, water and EtOAc were added, separated, extracted twice with EtOAc, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Spin dry EtOAc to give V1-2 (6 g). MS m/z (ESI): 279.0 [M+1] + .

步骤3:将V1-2(4g,14.38mmol)溶于DMF(40mL)中,然后加入Cs 2CO 3(7.03g,21.56mmol)和碘甲烷(4.08g,28.75mmol)。该反应在室温条件下搅拌16小时。反应完成后,加入水,乙酸乙酯萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥。过滤后旋干溶剂得到V1-3(3.4g)。MS m/z(ESI):293.0[M+1] +Step 3: Dissolve V1-2 (4 g, 14.38 mmol) in DMF (40 mL), then add Cs2CO3 ( 7.03 g, 21.56 mmol) and iodomethane (4.08 g, 28.75 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After the reaction was completed, water was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, the solvent was spin-dried to give V1-3 (3.4 g). MS m/z (ESI): 293.0 [M+1] + .

步骤4:将V1-3(3.4g,11.63mmol)溶于甲醇(40mL)中,然后加入10%Pd/C(1.23g,1.16mmol,10%purity)。该反应在氢气中室温条件下搅拌2小时,并通过LC-MS监测反应情况,反应完成后,过滤。过滤后得到V1-4(1.5g)。MS m/z(ESI):159.1[M+1] +Step 4: Dissolve V1-3 (3.4 g, 11.63 mmol) in methanol (40 mL), then add 10% Pd/C (1.23 g, 1.16 mmol, 10% purity). The reaction was stirred at room temperature under hydrogen for 2 hours and monitored by LC-MS and filtered after completion. After filtration, V1-4 (1.5 g) was obtained. MS m/z (ESI): 159.1 [M+1] + .

步骤5:将V1-4溶于DMF(20mL)中,然后加入3-溴丙-1-烯(2.29g,18.97mmol)和Cs 2CO 3(4.64g,14.23mmol)。该反应在室温条件下搅拌16小时,并通过LC-MS监测反应情况。反应完成后,加入水得到固体,EtOAc萃取,无水硫酸钠干燥。旋干溶剂后得到V1-5(1.3g)。MS m/z(ESI):199.1[M+1] +Step 5: Dissolve V1-4 in DMF (20 mL), then add 3 -bromoprop-1-ene (2.29 g, 18.97 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (4.64 g, 14.23 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, water was added to obtain a solid, which was extracted with EtOAc and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. V1-5 (1.3 g) was obtained after spin-drying the solvent. MS m/z (ESI): 199.1 [M+1] + .

步骤6:将V1-5(1.3g,6.56mmol)溶于乙醇(15mL)中,然后加入NaBH 4(248.10mg,6.56mmol)。该反应在室温条件下搅拌2小时,并通过LC-MS监测反应情况。反应完成后,加入醋酸淬灭,碳酸钠中和,过滤,滤液旋干后得到V1-6(1.1g)。MS m/z(ESI):171.1[M+1] +Step 6: Dissolve V1-5 (1.3 g, 6.56 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL), then add NaBH4 (248.10 mg, 6.56 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, acetic acid was added for quenching, sodium carbonate was neutralized, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried to obtain V1-6 (1.1 g). MS m/z (ESI): 171.1 [M+1] + .

步骤7:将V1-6(1.1g,6.46mmol)溶于DCM(15mL)中,然后加入对甲苯磺酰氯(2.46g,12.93mmol)和TEA(1.96g,19.39mmol,2.70mL)。该反应在室温条件下搅拌16小时,并通过LC-MS监测反应情况,反应完成后。减压旋干后经过柱分离(20g, 0~80%EA/PE)得到V1-7(410mg)。MS m/z(ESI):325.1[M+1] +Step 7: Dissolve V1-6 (1.1 g, 6.46 mmol) in DCM (15 mL), then add p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.46 g, 12.93 mmol) and TEA (1.96 g, 19.39 mmol, 2.70 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and monitored by LC-MS when the reaction was complete. After spin-drying under reduced pressure, column separation (20 g, 0-80% EA/PE) was performed to obtain V1-7 (410 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 325.1 [M+1] + .

步骤8:将AD-mix-beta(CAS NO:148618-32-0)(9.85g,12.64mmol)加入水(150mL)和叔丁醇(150mL)的混合溶剂中,室温搅拌得黄色澄清溶液。冷却到0℃后加入V1-7(410mg,1.26mmol)。反应液在0℃搅拌24小时,LC-MS监测,反应完成。加入35g亚硫酸钠后,升温到室温搅拌30分钟。加入饱和氯化钠溶液(150mL),用DCM(250mLX5)萃取。有机相干燥后减压浓缩。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化得到V1-8(170mg)。MS m/z(ESI):359.0[M+1] +Step 8: AD-mix-beta (CAS NO: 148618-32-0) (9.85 g, 12.64 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of water (150 mL) and tert-butanol (150 mL), and stirred at room temperature to obtain a yellow clear solution. After cooling to 0°C, V1-7 (410 mg, 1.26 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 24 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. After adding 35 g of sodium sulfite, the temperature was raised to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. Saturated sodium chloride solution (150 mL) was added and extracted with DCM (250 mL×5). The organic phase was dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel column chromatography with eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) gave V1-8 (170 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 359.0 [M+1] + .

步骤9:V1-8(170mg,474.32μmol)溶于DMF(5mL)中,然后加入咪唑(129.16mg,1.90mmol)和TBSCl(142.98mg,948.64μmol)。反应液在室温搅拌4小时,LC-MS监测,反应完成。加入饱和食盐水和乙酸乙酯,乙酸乙酯用食盐水洗两遍,无水硫酸钠干燥,旋干溶剂。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化得到V1-9(190mg)。MS m/z(ESI):473.2[M+1] +Step 9: V1-8 (170 mg, 474.32 μmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL), then imidazole (129.16 mg, 1.90 mmol) and TBSCl (142.98 mg, 948.64 μmol) were added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. Saturated brine and ethyl acetate were added, the ethyl acetate was washed twice with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was spin-dried. Purification by silica gel column chromatography with eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) gave V1-9 (190 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 473.2 [M+1] + .

步骤10:将V1-9(190mg,401.97μmol)溶于THF中,冷却到0℃后加入NaH(32.16mg,803.94μmol,60%purity)。反应液在0℃搅拌4小时,LC-MS监测,反应完成。加入饱和氯化铵溶液淬灭,用DCM萃取。有机相干燥后减压浓缩得到V1-10(105mg)。MS m/z(ESI):301.1[M+1] +Step 10: Dissolve V1-9 (190 mg, 401.97 μmol) in THF, cool to 0° C. and add NaH (32.16 mg, 803.94 μmol, 60% purity). The reaction solution was stirred at 0° C. for 4 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. Quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to give V1-10 (105 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 301.1 [M+1] + .

步骤11:将V1-10(160mg,532.50μmol)溶于THF(5mL)。然后加入TBAF(1M,639.00μL),反应液在室温搅拌2小时,LC-MS监测,反应完成,旋干溶剂。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化所得残余物,得到V1-11(95mg)。MS m/z(ESI):187.1[M+1] +Step 11: Dissolve V1-10 (160 mg, 532.50 μmol) in THF (5 mL). Then TBAF (1M, 639.00 μL) was added, the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, monitored by LC-MS, the reaction was completed, and the solvent was spin-dried. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give V1-11 (95 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 187.1 [M+1] + .

步骤12:V1-11(95mg,510.18μmol)加入DCM(2mL)。冷却到0℃后加入戴斯-马丁氧化剂(259.67mg,612.22μmol)。反应液在室温条件下搅拌2小时,LC-MS监测,反应完成。加入亚硫酸钠后,升温到室温搅拌5分钟。加入饱和氯化钠溶液,用DCM萃取。有机相干燥后减压浓缩。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化所得残余物,得到V1(90mg)。MS m/z(ESI):203.1[M+1+18] +. Step 12: V1-11 (95 mg, 510.18 μmol) was added to DCM (2 mL). Dess-Martin oxidant (259.67 mg, 612.22 μmol) was added after cooling to 0°C. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, monitored by LC-MS, and the reaction was completed. After adding sodium sulfite, the temperature was raised to room temperature and stirred for 5 minutes. Saturated sodium chloride solution was added and extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give V1 (90 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 203.1[M+1+18] + .

中间体V2的制备Preparation of Intermediate V2

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000022

步骤1:将三光气(19.07g,64.28mmol)的THF(100mL)溶液加入到(2S)-2-氨基-3-羟基丙酸甲酯(10g,64.28mmol,HCl)的THF(200mL)中,加热到80℃搅拌4小时。减压旋干溶剂,经柱层析纯化(石油醚含80-90%乙酸乙酯为流动相)得到V2-1(8g)。MS m/z(ESI):146.1[M+1] +Step 1: A solution of triphosgene (19.07 g, 64.28 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added to (2S)-methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxypropionate (10 g, 64.28 mmol, HCl) in THF (200 mL) , heated to 80°C and stirred for 4 hours. The solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 80-90% ethyl acetate as mobile phase) to obtain V2-1 (8 g). MS m/z (ESI): 146.1 [M+1] + .

步骤2:将V2-1(6g,41.35mmol)和碳酸铯(26.96g,82.69mmol)溶于DMF(25mL)中,然后将溴丙烯(10.00g,82.69mmol)加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌12小时,LCMS显示反应完全。过滤,滤液减压旋干。柱层析纯化(石油醚含90%四氢呋喃为流动相)得到V2-2(5g)。MS m/z(ESI):186.0[M+1] +Step 2: V2-1 (6 g, 41.35 mmol) and cesium carbonate (26.96 g, 82.69 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (25 mL), then propene bromide (10.00 g, 82.69 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, and LCMS showed the reaction was complete. Filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 90% tetrahydrofuran as mobile phase) gave V2-2 (5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 186.0 [M+1] + .

步骤3:将V2-2(4g,21.60mmol)溶于EtOH(5mL)中,然后将NaBH 4(4.09g,108.00mmol)加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌1小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。醋酸淬灭反应,过滤,滤液旋干,溶于DCM中,加入碳酸钾固体,过滤,滤液直接旋干得到V2-3(2.5g)。MS m/z(ESI):158.1[M+1] +Step 3: Dissolve V2-2 (4 g, 21.60 mmol) in EtOH ( 5 mL), then add NaBH4 (4.09 g, 108.00 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried, dissolved in DCM, solid potassium carbonate was added, filtered, and the filtrate was directly spin-dried to obtain V2-3 (2.5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 158.1 [M+1] + .

步骤4:将V2-3(2g,12.73mmol),对甲苯磺酰氯(2.91g,15.27mmol)溶于DCM(30mL)中,然后将TEA(2.57g,25.45mmol,3.54mL)加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌6小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。饱和碳酸氢钠加入反应液中,DCM萃取,饱和食盐水洗,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压旋干,柱层析纯化(石油醚含50%四氢呋喃为流动相)得到V2-4(2.6g),MS m/z(ESI):312.0[M+1] +Step 4: V2-3 (2 g, 12.73 mmol), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.91 g, 15.27 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and TEA (2.57 g, 25.45 mmol, 3.54 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Saturated sodium bicarbonate was added to the reaction solution, extracted with DCM, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, spin-dried under reduced pressure, purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 50% tetrahydrofuran as mobile phase) to obtain V2-4 (2.6g) , MS m/z(ESI): 312.0[M+1] + .

步骤5:将AD-MIX-BETA(55.29g,70.98mmol)溶于水(100mL)溶剂中,冷却至0℃,将V2-4(1.7g,5.46mmol)溶液加入其中。该反应在0℃条件下搅拌24小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。加入55g亚硫酸钠,搅拌半小时。加入500毫升DCM萃取,水相用300毫升DCM萃取,合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压旋干,柱层析纯化(二氯甲烷含20%甲醇为流动相)得到V2-5(1.5g,4.34mmol,79.55%yield),MS m/z(ESI):346.0[M+1] + Step 5: AD-MIX-BETA (55.29 g, 70.98 mmol) was dissolved in water (100 mL) solvent, cooled to 0°C, and V2-4 (1.7 g, 5.46 mmol) solution was added to it. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 24 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Add 55 g of sodium sulfite and stir for half an hour. 500 ml of DCM was added for extraction, the aqueous phase was extracted with 300 ml of DCM, the organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, spin-dried under reduced pressure, and purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane containing 20% methanol as the mobile phase) to obtain V2-5 ( 1.5g, 4.34mmol, 79.55% yield), MS m/z (ESI): 346.0[M+1] +

步骤6:将V2-5(1.4g,4.05mmol)和咪唑(1.10g,16.21mmol)溶于DMF(15mL)中,冷却至0℃,将TBSCl(1.22g,8.11mmol)加入其中。该反应在室温条件下搅拌2小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。加入水淬灭反应,用乙酸乙酯萃取。 有机相干燥后减压浓缩,经柱层析纯化(石油醚含80~100%乙酸乙酯)得到产物V2-6(1.4g)。MS m/z(ESI):460.1[M+1] +Step 6: V2-5 (1.4 g, 4.05 mmol) and imidazole (1.10 g, 16.21 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (15 mL), cooled to 0 °C and TBSCl (1.22 g, 8.11 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Water was added to quench the reaction and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 80-100% ethyl acetate) to obtain product V2-6 (1.4 g). MS m/z (ESI): 460.1 [M+1] + .

步骤7:将V2-6溶于THF(5mL)中,冷却至0℃,将NaH(365.48mg,9.14mmol,60%purity)加入其中。该反应在室温件下搅拌2小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。反应完成后,饱和食盐水淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取,饱和食盐水洗涤有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压旋干溶剂。经柱层析纯化(二氯甲烷含20%甲醇为流动相)得到V2-7(0.6g),MS m/z(ESI):288.1[M+1] +Step 7: Dissolve V2-6 in THF (5 mL), cool to 0°C, and add NaH (365.48 mg, 9.14 mmol, 60% purity). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched with saturated brine, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (dichloromethane containing 20% methanol as mobile phase) gave V2-7 (0.6 g), MS m/z (ESI): 288.1 [M+1] + .

步骤8:将V2-7(0.6g,2.09mmol)溶于THF(6mL)中,然后将TBAF(654.96mg,2.50mmol)加入其中。该反应在室温条件下搅拌2小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。加水淬灭反应,减压旋干溶剂。柱层析纯化(石油醚含90%四氢呋喃为流动相)得到V2-8(320mg),MS m/z(ESI):174.1[M+1] +Step 8: V2-7 (0.6 g, 2.09 mmol) was dissolved in THF (6 mL) and TBAF (654.96 mg, 2.50 mmol) was added to it. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Water was added to quench the reaction, and the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 90% tetrahydrofuran as mobile phase) gave V2-8 (320 mg), MS m/z (ESI): 174.1 [M+1] + .

步骤9:将V2-8(300mg,1.73mmol)溶于乙腈(10mL)中,然后将IBX(727.68mg,2.60mmol)加入其中。该反应100℃条件下搅拌2小时。通过LC-MS监测反应完成。降至室温,过滤,滤饼用DCM洗涤。滤液减压旋干得到V2(230mg)。MS m/z(ESI):172.0[M+1] +Step 9: V2-8 (300 mg, 1.73 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL) and IBX (727.68 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added to it. The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 2 hours. The completion of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filter cake was washed with DCM. The filtrate was spin-dried under reduced pressure to obtain V2 (230 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 172.0 [M+1] + .

中间体V3的制备Preparation of Intermediate V3

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000023

步骤1:将原料(R)-3-氨基丙烷-1,2-二醇(9.1g,0.1mol)溶解在DCM(500ml)中,冷却至-20℃,加入TEA(12.1g,0.12mol),再将氯乙酰氯(12.43g,0.12mol)的DCM溶液慢慢滴加进入,然后自然升温至室温,搅拌过夜,过滤,滤液水洗后干燥,浓缩,剩余黄色固体用甲基叔丁基醚洗,剩余固体真空干燥,得到V3-1(16g)MS m/z(ESI):168.0[M+1] +Step 1: The starting material (R)-3-aminopropane-1,2-diol (9.1 g, 0.1 mol) was dissolved in DCM (500 ml), cooled to -20°C, and TEA (12.1 g, 0.12 mol) was added , the DCM solution of chloroacetyl chloride (12.43 g, 0.12 mol) was slowly added dropwise into it, then the temperature was naturally raised to room temperature, stirred overnight, filtered, the filtrate was washed with water, dried, concentrated, and the remaining yellow solid was treated with methyl tert-butyl ether. After washing, the remaining solid was dried in vacuo to give V3-1 (16 g) MS m/z (ESI): 168.0 [M+1] + .

步骤2:叔丁醇钾(27g,0.241mol,2.5eq)溶液在叔戊醇(200ml)中,将V3-1(16g,0.0952mol)的叔戊醇(300ml)溶液慢慢滴加进去,在室温条件下,搅拌1小时,反应液用乙酸调节PH=3-4,析出大量黄色固体,过滤,固体有水淋洗至中性,真空干燥,得到V3-2(7.7g)MS m/z(ESI):132.1[M+1] +Step 2: The solution of potassium tert-butoxide (27g, 0.241mol, 2.5eq) in tert-amyl alcohol (200ml) was slowly added dropwise to the solution of V3-1 (16g, 0.0952mol) in tert-amyl alcohol (300ml), At room temperature, stirred for 1 hour, the reaction solution was adjusted to pH=3-4 with acetic acid, a large amount of yellow solid was precipitated, filtered, and the solid was rinsed with water to neutrality, and vacuum-dried to obtain V3-2 (7.7g) MS m/ z(ESI): 132.1[M+1] + .

步骤3:将V3-2(7.7g58.8mmol)悬浮在DCM(300ml)中,加入TEA(7.12g,70.6mmol),再将苯甲酰氯(9.06g,64.7mmol)慢慢滴加进入,反应液室温下搅拌4小时。反应结束后,反应液用水洗,干燥,浓缩,用硅胶柱层析纯化(乙酸乙酯/石油醚=3/1),得到V3-3(9.12g)MS m/z(ESI):236.1[M+1] +Step 3: V3-2 (7.7 g, 58.8 mmol) was suspended in DCM (300 ml), TEA (7.12 g, 70.6 mmol) was added, and benzoyl chloride (9.06 g, 64.7 mmol) was slowly added dropwise into the reaction. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was washed with water, dried, concentrated, and purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether=3/1) to obtain V3-3 (9.12 g) MS m/z (ESI): 236.1 [ M+1] + .

步骤4:将V3-3(2.35g,10mmol)溶解在DCM(80ml)中,加入四氟硼酸三甲基氧鎓(1.78g,12mmol),室温下搅拌6小时,然后将肼基甲酸甲酯(1.08g,12mmol)加入,室温搅拌过夜,反应液浓缩得到V3-4(5g)。MS m/z(ESI):308.1[M+1] +Step 4: Dissolve V3-3 (2.35 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (80 ml), add trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (1.78 g, 12 mmol), stir at room temperature for 6 hours, then add methyl carbazate (1.08 g, 12 mmol) was added, stirred at room temperature overnight, and the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain V3-4 (5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 308.1 [M+1] + .

步骤5:将V3-4(2g)溶解在DMF(20ml)中,微波条件下加热到170℃,反应1小时,冷却至室温,反应液浓缩得到红色油状物。产物用硅胶柱层析纯化(甲醇/二氯甲烷=1/20)得到V3-5(0.46g)。MS m/z(ESI):276.1[M+1] +Step 5: Dissolve V3-4 (2g) in DMF (20ml), heat to 170°C under microwave conditions, react for 1 hour, cool to room temperature, and concentrate the reaction solution to obtain a red oil. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol/dichloromethane=1/20) to obtain V3-5 (0.46 g). MS m/z (ESI): 276.1 [M+1] + .

步骤6:将V3-5(0.46g,1.67mmol)溶解在DMF(15ml)中,加入碳酸钾(0.69g,5mmol)和碘甲烷(0.71g,5mmol),室温搅拌20小时,反应液过滤,浓缩,产物用硅胶柱层析纯化(甲醇/二氯甲烷=1/20)得到V3(0.26g)。MS m/z(ESI):290.2[M+1] +Step 6: Dissolve V3-5 (0.46g, 1.67mmol) in DMF (15ml), add potassium carbonate (0.69g, 5mmol) and methyl iodide (0.71g, 5mmol), stir at room temperature for 20 hours, filter the reaction solution, After concentration, the product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol/dichloromethane=1/20) to give V3 (0.26 g). MS m/z (ESI): 290.2 [M+1] + .

中间体V4的制备Preparation of Intermediate V4

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000024

步骤1:参考中间体V3步骤4的方法,区别是用乙酰肼替代肼基甲酸甲酯,可制备得到V4-1。Step 1: Referring to the method of step 4 of intermediate V3, the difference is that acetyl hydrazide is used instead of methyl carbazate to prepare V4-1.

步骤2:参考中间体V3步骤5的方法,可制备得到V4。MS m/z(ESI):274.1[M+1] +Step 2: Referring to the method of step 5 of intermediate V3, V4 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 274.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V5的制备Preparation of Intermediate V5

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000025

参考中间体V3步骤6的方法,区别是用碘代异丙烷替代碘甲烷,可制备得到V5。MS m/z(ESI):318.2[M+1] +Referring to the method of step 6 of intermediate V3, except that iodoisopropane is used instead of methyl iodide, V5 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 318.2 [M+1] + .

中间体V6的制备Preparation of Intermediate V6

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000026

参考中间体V3步骤6的方法,区别是用2,2,2-三氟乙基甲磺酸酯替代碘甲烷,可制备得到V6。MS m/z(ESI):358.1[M+1] +Referring to the method of step 6 of intermediate V3, except that 2,2,2-trifluoroethylmethanesulfonate is used instead of methyl iodide, V6 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 358.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V7的制备Preparation of Intermediate V7

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000027

参考中间体V3步骤6的方法,区别是用2,2'-联吡啶取代碘甲烷替代碘甲烷,可制备得到V7。MS m/z(ESI):316.1[M+1] +Referring to the method of step 6 of intermediate V3, except that methyl iodide is replaced by 2,2'-bipyridine, V7 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 316.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V8的制备Preparation of Intermediate V8

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000028

步骤1:将N-氯代乙酰胺(20g,145.39mmol)和三苯基膦(38.13g,145.39mmol)溶到乙腈(200mL)中,然后在90℃反应12小时。反应液旋干,然后用DCM溶解,用2N的氢氧化钾水溶液洗涤,DCM萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗,无水硫酸钠干燥,旋干得到化合物V8-1(45g)。MS m/z(ESI):364.1[M+1] +Step 1: N-Chloroacetamide (20 g, 145.39 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (38.13 g, 145.39 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (200 mL), and then reacted at 90°C for 12 hours. The reaction solution was spin-dried, then dissolved in DCM, washed with 2N aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, extracted with DCM, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and spin-dried to obtain compound V8-1 (45 g). MS m/z (ESI): 364.1 [M+1] + .

步骤2:将化合物V8-1(18g,83.63mmol)和N-甲氧基-N-甲基-2-(三苯基亚膦基)乙酰胺(30.39g,83.63mmol)加入DCM(200mL)中,反应液室温搅拌16小时。反应液减压浓缩,用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(石油醚/乙酸乙酯:1/0~1/1)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物V8-2(27g),MS m/z(ESI):245.1[M+1] +Step 2: Compound V8-1 (18 g, 83.63 mmol) and N-methoxy-N-methyl-2-(triphenylphosphino)acetamide (30.39 g, 83.63 mmol) were added to DCM (200 mL) The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0-1/1) to obtain compound V8-2 (27 g), MS m/z (ESI): 245.1[M+1] + .

步骤3:将化合物V8-2(30g,99.88mmol)溶解在甲醇(300mL)中,加入Pd/C(10%)(30g,99.88mmol)。反应液在氢气保护下搅拌12小时,反应液过滤,滤液减压浓缩得到化合物V8-3(30g)。MS m/z(ESI):247.1[M-55] -Step 3: Compound V8-2 (30 g, 99.88 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (300 mL), and Pd/C (10%) (30 g, 99.88 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred under the protection of hydrogen for 12 hours, the reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain compound V8-3 (30 g). MS m/z (ESI): 247.1 [M-55] .

步骤4:将1-溴-3,5-二氟苯(15.32g,79.37mmol)溶解于THF(100mL)中,氮气保护下冷却至-78℃,滴加入LDA(2M,49.61mL)。反应液在-78℃搅拌1小时。然后滴加化合物V8-3(20g,66.15mmol)的四氢呋喃(20mL)溶液。反应液在-78℃搅拌1小时后,升温到25℃继续搅拌3小时。加入饱和氯化铵溶液(50mL)淬灭反应,用二氯甲烷(50mL X 3)萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压旋干。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(石油醚/乙酸乙酯:1/0~3/1)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物V8-4(20g)。MS m/z(ESI):336.0[M+1] +Step 4: 1-Bromo-3,5-difluorobenzene (15.32 g, 79.37 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 mL), cooled to -78°C under nitrogen protection, and LDA (2M, 49.61 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour. Then a solution of compound V8-3 (20 g, 66.15 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added dropwise. After the reaction solution was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour, the temperature was raised to 25°C and stirring was continued for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL x 3). The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and spin-dried under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0 to 3/1) to obtain compound V8-4 (20 g). MS m/z (ESI): 336.0 [M+1] + .

步骤5:将化合物V8-4(20g,46.05mmol)溶解到THF(200mL)中,冷却到0℃,然后加入NaH(3.53g,88.24mmol,60%purity),反应液在室温搅拌半小时。然后加入叔丁基二甲基氯硅烷(13.88g,92.11mmol),反应液继续搅1小时。加入饱和氯化铵溶液(100mL)淬灭反应,用乙酸乙酯(100mL X 3)萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩得到化合物V8-5(25g)。MS m/z(ESI):492.0[M+1] +Step 5: Compound V8-4 (20 g, 46.05 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 mL), cooled to 0° C., then NaH (3.53 g, 88.24 mmol, 60% purity) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for half an hour. Then, tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (13.88 g, 92.11 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred for 1 hour. Saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL) was added to quench the reaction, extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3), the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain compound V8-5 ( 25g). MS m/z (ESI): 492.0 [M+1] + .

步骤6:将化合物V8-5(25g,45.58mmol)加到水(100mL)和THF(100mL)中,冷却到0℃,然后加入N-溴代丁二酰亚胺(8.11g,45.58mmol)。反应液在0℃搅拌1小时。加入水(100mL),用乙酸乙酯(100mL X 3)萃取,合并有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液旋干,用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(石油醚/乙酸乙酯:1/0~4/1)得到化合物 V8(19g)。MS m/z(ESI):413.9[M+1] +Step 6: Compound V8-5 (25 g, 45.58 mmol) was added to water (100 mL) and THF (100 mL), cooled to 0°C, then N-bromosuccinimide (8.11 g, 45.58 mmol) was added . The reaction solution was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. Water (100 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL × 3), the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried. ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0 to 4/1) to obtain compound V8 (19 g). MS m/z (ESI): 413.9 [M+1] + .

中间体V9的制备Preparation of Intermediate V9

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000029

步骤1:将化合物V10(2.4g,4.79mmol)溶于水(2mL)和甲醇(20mL),加入氢氧化锂(343.81mg,14.36mmol),室温搅拌2小时。加入6N盐酸溶液调节PH至1,加入二氯甲烷萃取,有机相无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩得到化合物V9-1(2.2g),MS m/z(ESI):488.1[M+1] +Step 1: Compound V10 (2.4 g, 4.79 mmol) was dissolved in water (2 mL) and methanol (20 mL), lithium hydroxide (343.81 mg, 14.36 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Add 6N hydrochloric acid solution to adjust the pH to 1, add dichloromethane for extraction, dry the organic phase over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain compound V9-1 (2.2g), MS m/z (ESI): 488.1 [M+1] + .

步骤2:将化合物V9-1(2.2g,4.51mmol)溶于DMF(21.85mL),加入甲胺盐酸盐(609.40mg,9.03mmol),HATU(2.55g,6.77mmol)和三乙胺(2.28g,22.56mmol,3.15mL),室温搅拌过夜,减压浓缩。通过柱层析(0-30%,DCM/MeOH)分离得到V9-2(2.1g),MS m/z(ESI):501.1[M+1] +Step 2: Compound V9-1 (2.2 g, 4.51 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (21.85 mL), methylamine hydrochloride (609.40 mg, 9.03 mmol), HATU (2.55 g, 6.77 mmol) and triethylamine ( 2.28 g, 22.56 mmol, 3.15 mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Isolation by column chromatography (0-30%, DCM/MeOH) gave V9-2 (2.1 g), MS m/z (ESI): 501.1 [M+1] + .

步骤3:将V9-2(2.1g,4.20mmol)溶于甲醇(20mL),加入HCL(4.0M,3.15mL),室温搅拌2小时。减压浓缩,加入饱和碳酸氢钠溶液调剂PH至8,二氯甲烷/甲醇(10/1)萃取。有机相用无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩得到V9(2g),MSm/z(ESI):401.1[M+1] +Step 3: Dissolve V9-2 (2.1 g, 4.20 mmol) in methanol (20 mL), add HCL (4.0 M, 3.15 mL), and stir at room temperature for 2 hours. Concentrate under reduced pressure, add saturated sodium bicarbonate solution to adjust pH to 8, and extract with dichloromethane/methanol (10/1). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain V9 (2 g), MS m/z (ESI): 401.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V10的制备Preparation of Intermediate V10

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000030

参考中间体化合物V25-3的制备方法,区别是用2-氯-4-甲基吡啶替代2-氯-5-氟-4-甲基吡啶,可制备得到V10。MS m/z(ESI):502.1[M+1] +Referring to the preparation method of the intermediate compound V25-3, the difference is that 2-chloro-4-methylpyridine is used instead of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-methylpyridine to obtain V10. MS m/z (ESI): 502.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V11的制备Preparation of Intermediate V11

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000031

步骤1:将4-甲基-2-硝基苯胺(1g,6.57mmol)溶于THF(20mL),在0℃加入钠氢(788.61mg,19.72mmol,60%purity),0℃搅拌半小时,加入Boc 2O(2.15g,9.86mmol),室温搅拌半小时。加入水淬灭反应,加入乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相减压浓缩得到化合物V11-1(1.6g)。MS m/z(ESI):153.1(M+H-100)。 Step 1: Dissolve 4-methyl-2-nitroaniline (1 g, 6.57 mmol) in THF (20 mL), add sodium hydrogen (788.61 mg, 19.72 mmol, 60% purity) at 0 °C, stir at 0 °C for half an hour , Boc 2 O (2.15 g, 9.86 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for half an hour. Water was added to quench the reaction, ethyl acetate was added for extraction, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain compound V11-1 (1.6 g). MS m/z (ESI): 153.1 (M+H-100).

步骤2:将化合物V11-1(1.6g,6.34mmol)溶于甲醇(20mL),加入10%Pd/C(770.33mg,6.34mmol),在氢气条件下室温反应2小时。过滤,减压浓缩得到化合物V11(1.4g)。MS m/z(ESI):167.1(M+H-56)。Step 2: Compound V11-1 (1.6 g, 6.34 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL), 10% Pd/C (770.33 mg, 6.34 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out at room temperature under hydrogen for 2 hours. Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure gave compound V11 (1.4 g). MS m/z (ESI): 167.1 (M+H-56).

中间体V12的制备Preparation of Intermediate V12

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000032

步骤1:将3,5-二氟-4-甲酰基-苯甲酸(1g,5.37mmol)和甲胺盐酸盐(362.78mg,5.37mmol)溶于DMF(12.75mL)中,然后将HATU(3.04g,8.06mmol)和TEA(1.63g,16.12mmol,2.25mL)加入其中。该反应在室温条件下搅拌过夜。反应完成后,减压旋干溶剂后经过柱分离(40g,0~60%EA/PE)得到化合物V12-1(650mg)。MS m/z(ESI):218.0(M+H+18)。Step 1: 3,5-Difluoro-4-formyl-benzoic acid (1 g, 5.37 mmol) and methylamine hydrochloride (362.78 mg, 5.37 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (12.75 mL), then HATU ( 3.04 g, 8.06 mmol) and TEA (1.63 g, 16.12 mmol, 2.25 mL) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure and subjected to column separation (40 g, 0-60% EA/PE) to obtain compound V12-1 (650 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 218.0 (M+H+18).

步骤2:将化合物V12-1(5.5g,27.62mmol)溶于DMF(6mL),加入硫酸过氧钾(25.44g,41.43mmol),室温搅拌过夜。反应液过滤,滤液减压浓缩得到黄色油状物,油状物通过过柱分离(80g,0~30%MeOH/DCM)得到化合物V12-2(2.1g)。MS m/z(ESI):216.1[M+1]。Step 2: Compound V12-1 (5.5 g, 27.62 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (6 mL), potassium peroxysulfate (25.44 g, 41.43 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow oil, which was separated by column (80 g, 0-30% MeOH/DCM) to obtain compound V12-2 (2.1 g). MS m/z(ESI): 216.1[M+1].

步骤3:将化合物V11(300mg,1.35mmol)溶于乙腈(20mL),加入化合物V12-2(290.38mg,1.35mmol)和N,N,N', N'-四甲基氯甲氨基六氟磷酸盐(1.14g,4.05mmol),室温搅拌半小时。加入N-甲基咪唑(224.34mg,2.70mmol),室温搅拌过夜。减压浓缩得到,油状物通过柱分离(20g,0-90%EA/PE)得到化合物V12-3(420mg)。MS m/z(ESI):320.1(M+H-100)。Step 3: Compound V11 (300 mg, 1.35 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL), compound V12-2 (290.38 mg, 1.35 mmol) and N,N,N',N'-tetramethylchloromethylaminohexafluoro were added Phosphate (1.14 g, 4.05 mmol), stirred at room temperature for half an hour. N-methylimidazole (224.34 mg, 2.70 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. It was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the oil was separated by column (20 g, 0-90% EA/PE) to give compound V12-3 (420 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 320.1 (M+H-100).

步骤4:将化合物V12-3(410mg,977.54μmol)溶于甲醇(10mL),加入盐酸甲醇(10mL),反应液搅拌4小时,减压浓缩,加入饱和碳酸氢钠溶液,有固体析出,过滤得到化合物V12(180mg)。产率57.67%。MS m/z(ESI):320.1[M+1]。Step 4: Compound V12-3 (410 mg, 977.54 μmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL), hydrochloric acid methanol (10 mL) was added, the reaction solution was stirred for 4 hours, concentrated under reduced pressure, and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added. Compound V12 (180 mg) was obtained. Yield 57.67%. MS m/z (ESI): 320.1 [M+1].

中间体V13的制备Preparation of Intermediate V13

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000033

步骤1:将4-溴-2,6-二氟苯甲醛(9.38g,42.43mmol),5-氟-4-甲基吡啶-2-胺(4.46g,35.36mmol),(2S)-2-乙炔基吗啉-4-羧酸叔丁酯(8.96g,42.43mmol),三氟甲基磺酸铜(II)(3.84g,10.61mmol),N,N-二甲基乙酰胺(924.17mg,10.61mmol)和氯化亚铜(1.05g,10.61mmol)溶于Xylene(100mL)。反应液在氮气保护下85℃搅拌16小时。并通过LC-MS监测反应情况。反应完成后,旋干溶剂。减压旋干后经过柱分离(120g,0~80%EA/PE)得到化合物V13-1(7.1g)。MS m/z(ESI):540.1[M+1]。Step 1: Combine 4-bromo-2,6-difluorobenzaldehyde (9.38 g, 42.43 mmol), 5-fluoro-4-methylpyridin-2-amine (4.46 g, 35.36 mmol), (2S)-2 - Ethynylmorpholine-4-carboxylate tert-butyl ester (8.96 g, 42.43 mmol), copper(II) trifluoromethanesulfonate (3.84 g, 10.61 mmol), N,N-dimethylacetamide (924.17 g mg, 10.61 mmol) and cuprous chloride (1.05 g, 10.61 mmol) were dissolved in Xylene (100 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at 85°C for 16 hours under nitrogen protection. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was spun dry. After spin-drying under reduced pressure, the compound V13-1 (7.1 g) was obtained by column separation (120 g, 0-80% EA/PE). MS m/z (ESI): 540.1 [M+1].

步骤2:将化合物V13-1(2.3g,4.26mmol)溶于甲醇(10mL)和HCl/dioxane(10mL)中。该反应在室温条件下搅拌4小时.并通过LC-MS监测反应情况。反应完成后,旋干溶剂得到化合物V13-2(1.7g)。MS m/z(ESI):440.0[M+1]。Step 2: Compound V13-1 (2.3 g, 4.26 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and HCl/dioxane (10 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was spin-dried to obtain compound V13-2 (1.7 g). MS m/z (ESI): 440.0 [M+1].

步骤3:将化合物V13-2(1.7g,3.86mmol)溶于DCM(19.33mL)中,然后将DIEA(998.09mg,7.72mmol,1.35mL)。将反应液冷却到0℃,然后加入2,2,2-三氘代乙酰氯(472.15mg,5.79mmol)。该反应在室温条件下搅拌0.5小时.反应完成后,加入水和DCM,水相用DCM萃取两遍,无水硫酸钠干燥。减压旋干后得到化合物V13(1.8g)。MS m/z(ESI):485.0[M+1]。Step 3: Compound V13-2 (1.7 g, 3.86 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (19.33 mL) followed by DIEA (998.09 mg, 7.72 mmol, 1.35 mL). The reaction solution was cooled to 0°C, and then 2,2,2-trideuteroacetyl chloride (472.15 mg, 5.79 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. After the reaction was complete, water and DCM were added, and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with DCM and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After spin drying under reduced pressure, compound V13 (1.8 g) was obtained. MS m/z (ESI): 485.0 [M+1].

中间体V15的制备Preparation of Intermediate V15

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000034

参考中间体V18的制备方法,区别是用4-甲基吡啶-2-胺替代5-氟-4-甲基吡啶-2-胺,可制备得到V15。MS m/z(ESI):427.1[M+1] +Referring to the preparation method of intermediate V18, the difference is that 4-methylpyridin-2-amine is used instead of 5-fluoro-4-methylpyridin-2-amine, and V15 can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 427.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V18的制备Preparation of Intermediate V18

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000035

步骤1:将中间体V8(147.47mg)溶于乙醇(1mL)中。该反应在120℃条件下置于空气中搅拌,大约半小时溶剂挥发完,反复继续加乙醇(1mLx8),搅拌8小时。LCMS显示反应完全.减压旋干溶剂,经柱层析纯化(石油醚含50-60%乙酸乙酯为流动相)得到V18-1(60mg)。MS m/z(ESI):540.0[M+1] +Step 1: Intermediate V8 (147.47 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (1 mL). The reaction was stirred in the air at 120° C., the solvent evaporated in about half an hour, ethanol (1 mL×8) was added repeatedly, and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours. LCMS showed that the reaction was complete. The solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether containing 50-60% ethyl acetate as mobile phase) to give V18-1 (60 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 540.0 [M+1] + .

步骤2:将V18-1(59.73mg)和吡咯烷-2-酮(18.81mg)溶于二氧六环(10mL)中,然后将Pd 2dba 3(10.12mg),Xantphos(12.79mg),碳酸铯(72.07mg)加入其中。该反应在氩气保护下100℃条件下搅拌8小时。LCMS显示反应完全。反应完成后,减压旋干溶剂,经柱层析纯化(二氯甲烷含10-15%甲醇为流动相)得到V18-2(40mg)。MS m/z(ESI):545.2[M+1] +Step 2: V18-1 (59.73 mg) and pyrrolidin-2-one (18.81 mg) were dissolved in dioxane (10 mL), followed by Pd2dba3 ( 10.12 mg), Xantphos (12.79 mg), Cesium carbonate (72.07 mg) was added. The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 8 hours under argon. LCMS showed the reaction was complete. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure, and purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane containing 10-15% methanol as mobile phase) to obtain V18-2 (40 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 545.2 [M+1] + .

步骤3:将V18-2(40mg,73.45μmol)溶于二氧六环(2.85mL)中,然后将盐酸气(二氧六环)(4M,146.91μL)加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌1小时。LC-MS监测反应结束。减压旋干溶剂。减压旋干溶剂,得到V18(35mg),MS m/z(ESI):445.1[M+1] +Step 3: Dissolve V18-2 (40 mg, 73.45 μmol) in dioxane (2.85 mL), then add hydrochloric acid gas (dioxane) (4 M, 146.91 μL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The end of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The solvent was spun dry under reduced pressure. The solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure to give V18 (35 mg), MS m/z (ESI): 445.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V21的制备Preparation of Intermediate V21

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000036

参考中间体V25的制备方法,区别是用2-氯-4-甲基吡啶替代2-氯-5-氟-4-甲基吡啶,可制备得到V21。MS m/z(ESI):444.0[M+1] +Referring to the preparation method of intermediate V25, the difference is that 2-chloro-4-methylpyridine is used instead of 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-methylpyridine to obtain V21. MS m/z (ESI): 444.0 [M+1] + .

中间体V25的制备Preparation of Intermediate V25

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000037

步骤1:将2-氯-5-氟-4-甲基吡啶(4g,27.48mmol)和氨基甲酸叔丁酯(4.83g,41.22mmol)溶解于甲苯(40mL)中,加入碳酸铯(13.43g,41.22mmol),三(二亚苄基丙酮)二钯(2.52g,2.75mmol)和4,5-双二苯基膦-9,9-二甲基氧杂蒽(1.59g,2.75mmol)。反应液在氮气保护下100℃搅拌12小时。反应液冷却到室温,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(石油醚/乙酸乙酯:5/0~3/1)纯化所得残余物,得到V25-1(4g)。MS m/z(ESI):171.0[M-55] -Step 1: Dissolve 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-methylpyridine (4 g, 27.48 mmol) and tert-butyl carbamate (4.83 g, 41.22 mmol) in toluene (40 mL), add cesium carbonate (13.43 g) , 41.22mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (2.52g, 2.75mmol) and 4,5-bisdiphenylphosphine-9,9-dimethylxanthene (1.59g, 2.75mmol) . The reaction solution was stirred at 100°C for 12 hours under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 5/0~3/1) to obtain V25-1 (4 g ). MS m/z (ESI): 171.0 [M-55] .

步骤2:将V25-1(5g,22.10mmol)加入DCM(50mL)中,然后把三氟乙酸(8.53g,74.79mmol,5.56mL)滴加到反应液中,室温搅拌12小时。用1N的氢氧化钠水溶液(50mL)淬灭反应液,然后用DCM(50mL)萃取三次,合并有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液旋干得到V25-2(2.5g)。MS m/z(ESI):127.0[M+1] +Step 2: V25-1 (5 g, 22.10 mmol) was added to DCM (50 mL), then trifluoroacetic acid (8.53 g, 74.79 mmol, 5.56 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was quenched with 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50 mL), then extracted three times with DCM (50 mL), the combined organic phases were washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was spin-dried to obtain V25-2 (2.5 g). MS m/z (ESI): 127.0 [M+1] + .

步骤3:将V25-2(630.22mg,5.00mmol)和3,5-二氟-4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯(1g,5.00mmol)加入乙醇(20mL)中,在80℃搅拌反应12小时。然后把反应液旋干,溶到甲苯(20mL)中,加入叔丁基(S)-2-乙炔基吗啉-4-羧酸盐(1.06g,5.00mmol),三氟甲烷磺酸铜(Ⅱ)(542.14mg,1.50mmol),氯化亚铜(148.40mg,1.50mmol)和N,N-二甲基乙酰胺(130.59mg,1.50mmol),反应液在氮气保护下85℃搅拌12小时。反应液减压浓缩,用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化,得到V25-3(1g)。MS m/z(ESI):520.1[M+1] +Step 3: V25-2 (630.22 mg, 5.00 mmol) and methyl 3,5-difluoro-4-formylbenzoate (1 g, 5.00 mmol) were added to ethanol (20 mL), and the reaction was stirred at 80 °C for 12 hours . Then the reaction solution was spin-dried, dissolved in toluene (20 mL), tert-butyl (S)-2-ethynylmorpholine-4-carboxylate (1.06 g, 5.00 mmol), copper trifluoromethanesulfonate ( II) (542.14mg, 1.50mmol), cuprous chloride (148.40mg, 1.50mmol) and N,N-dimethylacetamide (130.59mg, 1.50mmol), the reaction solution was stirred at 85°C for 12 hours under nitrogen protection . The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to obtain V25-3 (1 g). MS m/z (ESI): 520.1 [M+1] + .

步骤4:将V25-3(0.3g,577.47μmol)溶解于DCM(30mL)中,加入4M盐酸的1,4-二氧六环溶液(1.44mL)。反应液在室温搅拌2小时。反应液直接旋干得到V25-4(220mg)。MS m/z(ESI):420.1[M+1] +Step 4: V25-3 (0.3 g, 577.47 μmol) was dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and 4M hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane (1.44 mL) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was directly spin-dried to obtain V25-4 (220 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 420.1 [M+1] + .

步骤5:将V25-4(0.5g,1.19mmol)加入DCM(20mL)中,然后加入TEA(241.28mg,2.38mmol,332.56μL)和氯甲酸甲酯(168.99mg,1.79mmol),反应液室温反应2小时。加入水(20mL),用DCM(20mLX3)萃取。有机相用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化所得残余物得到V25-5(400mg)。MS m/z(ESI):478.1[M+1] +Step 5: V25-4 (0.5 g, 1.19 mmol) was added to DCM (20 mL), followed by TEA (241.28 mg, 2.38 mmol, 332.56 μL) and methyl chloroformate (168.99 mg, 1.79 mmol), the reaction solution was room temperature React for 2 hours. Water (20 mL) was added and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give V25-5 (400 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 478.1 [M+1] + .

步骤6:将V25-5(0.4g,837.82μmol)溶于乙醇(20mL)中,加入水合肼(524.27mg,8.38mmol),反应液在90℃搅拌4小时。反应液直接旋干得到V25-6(400mg)。MS m/z(ESI):478.1[M+1] +Step 6: V25-5 (0.4 g, 837.82 μmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL), hydrazine hydrate (524.27 mg, 8.38 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at 90° C. for 4 hours. The reaction solution was directly spin-dried to obtain V25-6 (400 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 478.1 [M+1] + .

步骤7:将V25-6(0.4g,837.81μmol)溶到DCM(20mL)中,加入TEA(169.56mg,1.68mmol,233.71μL)和二碳酸二叔丁酯(274.27mg,1.26mmol),室温搅拌过夜。反应液减压浓缩,用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(石油醚/乙酸乙酯:2/1~1/1)得到V25-7(400mg)。MS m/z(ESI):578.2[M+1] +Step 7: Dissolve V25-6 (0.4 g, 837.81 μmol) in DCM (20 mL), add TEA (169.56 mg, 1.68 mmol, 233.71 μL) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (274.27 mg, 1.26 mmol), room temperature Stir overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and V25-7 (400 mg) was obtained by silica gel column chromatography using an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 2/1 to 1/1). MS m/z (ESI): 578.2 [M+1] + .

步骤8:将V25-7(200mg,346.29μmol)和劳森试剂(210.10mg,519.43μmol)加入1,4二氧六环(4mL)中,在微波反 应器中140℃搅拌40分钟。冷却到室温,反应液减压浓缩。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:10/1~5/1)纯化所得残余物,得到V25-8(150mg)。MS m/z(ESI):594.2[M+1] +Step 8: V25-7 (200 mg, 346.29 μmol) and Lawson’s reagent (210.10 mg, 519.43 μmol) were added to 1,4 dioxane (4 mL) and stirred in a microwave reactor at 140° C. for 40 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 10/1 to 5/1) to give V25-8 (150 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 594.2 [M+1] + .

步骤9:将V25-8(150mg,252.69μmol)溶解于DCM(6mL)中,滴加入三氟乙酸(2mL)。反应液室温搅拌1小时。反应液减压浓缩后,用DCM(20mL)稀释,用饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(20mL)洗,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,有机相减压浓缩得到V25-9(100mg)。MS m/z(ESI):494.1[M+1] +Step 9: V25-8 (150 mg, 252.69 μmol) was dissolved in DCM (6 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain V25-9 (100 mg ). MS m/z (ESI): 494.1 [M+1] + .

步骤10:将V25-9(100mg,243.16μmol)和N,N'-羰基二咪唑(39.43mg,243.16μmol)溶解于四氢呋喃(20mL)中,反应液在室温搅拌1小时。减压浓缩,用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:10/1~5/1)纯化所得残余物,得到V25-10(57mg)。MS m/z(ESI):520.1[M+1] +Step 10: V25-9 (100 mg, 243.16 μmol) and N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole (39.43 mg, 243.16 μmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. It was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 10/1 to 5/1) to give V25-10 (57 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 520.1 [M+1] + .

步骤11:将V25-10(57mg,109.72μmol)加入4N盐酸的1,4-二氧六环溶液(2mL)和浓盐酸(2mL)中,反应液加热到110℃搅拌过夜。反应液减压浓缩得V25(50mg)。MS m/z(ESI):462.1[M+1] +Step 11: V25-10 (57 mg, 109.72 μmol) was added to 4N hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane solution (2 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL), the reaction solution was heated to 110°C and stirred overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain V25 (50 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 462.1 [M+1] + .

中间体V26的制备Preparation of Intermediate V26

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000038

参考中间体V28的制备方法,区别是用4-甲基吡啶-2-胺替代4-氯吡啶-2-胺,可制备得到V26(100mg)。MS m/z(ESI):444.0[M+1] +Referring to the preparation of intermediate V28, with the difference that 4-methylpyridin-2-amine was used instead of 4-chloropyridin-2-amine, V26 (100 mg) was prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 444.0 [M+1] + .

中间体V28的制备Preparation of Intermediate V28

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000039

步骤1:将中间体V8(450mg,876.91μmol)和4-氯吡啶-2-胺(112.73mg,876.91μmol)放置于微波管中,加入乙醇(0.5mL)。该反应在120℃搅拌4小时(敞口反应,保持很少量的溶剂)。减压旋干溶剂。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(石油醚/乙酸乙酯:1/0~2/1)纯化所得残余物得到V28-1(142mg)。LC-MS m/z(ESI):542.1[M+1] +Step 1: Intermediate V8 (450 mg, 876.91 μmol) and 4-chloropyridin-2-amine (112.73 mg, 876.91 μmol) were placed in a microwave tube and ethanol (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at 120°C for 4 hours (open reaction, keeping very little solvent). The solvent was spun dry under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate: 1/0 to 2/1) to give V28-1 (142 mg). LC-MS m/z (ESI): 542.1 [M+1] + .

步骤2:将V28-1(120mg,0.221mmol)和氰化锌(18.17mg,154.75μmol)放置于微波管中,加入DMF(5mL),然后将双(三叔丁基膦)钯(0)(11.30mg,22.11μmol)加入其中。该反应在微波反应器中90℃条件下搅拌30分钟。反应完成后,冷却至室温,减压旋干溶剂后得到V28-2(108mg)。MS m/z(ESI):489.2[M+1] +Step 2: V28-1 (120 mg, 0.221 mmol) and zinc cyanide (18.17 mg, 154.75 μmol) were placed in a microwave tube, DMF (5 mL) was added, followed by bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0) (11.30 mg, 22.11 μmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 90°C for 30 minutes in a microwave reactor. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was spin-dried under reduced pressure to obtain V28-2 (108 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 489.2 [M+1] + .

步骤3:将V28-2(108mg,220.90μmol)和盐酸羟胺(23.03mg,331.35μmol)加入乙醇(10mL)中,然后加入DIPEA(57.10mg,441.80μmol)。反应液在80℃搅拌2小时。反应液直接减压浓缩,用制备薄层色谱以层析体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:100/7)纯化所得残余物得到V28-3(60mg)。MS m/z(ESI):522.2[M+1] +Step 3: V28-2 (108 mg, 220.90 μmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (23.03 mg, 331.35 μmol) were added to ethanol (10 mL) followed by DIPEA (57.10 mg, 441.80 μmol). The reaction solution was stirred at 80°C for 2 hours. The reaction solution was directly concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography with a chromatography system (dichloromethane/methanol: 100/7) to obtain V28-3 (60 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 522.2 [M+1] + .

步骤4:将V28-3(60mg,114.96μmol)和N,N'-硫羰基二咪唑(30.73mg,172.43μmol)溶解于四氢呋喃(10mL)。反应液在室温搅拌2小时。反应液加入20mL水,用乙酸乙酯(30mLx3)萃取。有机相干燥后,过滤,减压浓缩得到V28-4(72mg)。MS m/z(ESI):632.2[M+1] +Step 4: V28-3 (60 mg, 114.96 μmol) and N,N′-thiocarbonyldiimidazole (30.73 mg, 172.43 μmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was added with 20 mL of water, and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The organic phase was dried, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give V28-4 (72 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 632.2 [M+1] + .

步骤5:将V28-4(72mg,126.41μmol)溶解于四氢呋喃(20mL)中,冷却到0℃。加入三氟化硼乙醚(89.71mg,632.04μmol)。反应液室温搅拌16小时。减压浓缩得到V28-5(63mg)。MS m/z(ESI):564.1[M+1] +Step 5: Dissolve V28-4 (72 mg, 126.41 μmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and cool to 0 °C. Boron trifluoride ether (89.71 mg, 632.04 μmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentration under reduced pressure gave V28-5 (63 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 564.1 [M+1] + .

步骤6:将V28-5(63mg,111.70μmol)溶解于甲醇(2.86mL)中,加入盐酸的1,4-二氧六环溶液(4M,1mL)。反应液在室温搅拌1小时。减压浓缩,加入7N氨的甲醇溶液调节PH到中性。用制备薄层色谱以层析体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇/氨的甲醇溶液:100/10/2)纯化所得残余物得到V28(50mg)。MS m/z(ESI):464.1[M+1] +Step 6: V28-5 (63 mg, 111.70 μmol) was dissolved in methanol (2.86 mL) and hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane (4M, 1 mL) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. It was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the pH was adjusted to neutrality by adding 7N ammonia in methanol. The resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography with a chromatography system (dichloromethane/methanol/ammonia in methanol: 100/10/2) to give V28 (50 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 464.1 [M+1] + .

实施例1:化合物Z-1的制备Example 1: Preparation of compound Z-1

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000040

将中间体V9(0.1g,249.74μmol)和2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸(31.20mg,299.68μmol)溶到DMF(10mL)中,然后依次加入DIPEA(32.28mg,249.74μmol)和HATU(94.22mg,249.74μmol),然后在25℃反应2个小时。加入10mL水淬灭反应液,再加入20mL的乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-1(15mg)。MS m/z(ESI):487.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.66(d,J=4.7Hz,1H),8.36(d,J=7.1Hz,1H),7.61(d,J=8.0Hz,2H),6.80(dd,J=7.3,1.7Hz,1H),5.30(s,1H),4.56(s,1H),4.07(s,1H),3.64(d,J=11.5Hz,1H),3.44(d,J=19.5Hz,2H),3.19(d,J=2.9Hz,2H),3.01(d,J=6.9Hz,3H),2.78(d,J=4.5Hz,3H),2.34(d,J=1.1Hz,3H),1.18(d,J=10.1Hz,6H). Intermediate V9 (0.1 g, 249.74 μmol) and 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid (31.20 mg, 299.68 μmol) were dissolved in DMF (10 mL), followed by the addition of DIPEA (32.28 mg, 249.74 μmol) followed by HATU (94.22 mg, 249.74 μmol), and then reacted at 25° C. for 2 hours. 10 mL of water was added to quench the reaction solution, then 20 mL of ethyl acetate was added for extraction, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile change) The resulting residue was purified to give compound Z-1 (15 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 487.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.66 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61(d, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 6.80(dd, J=7.3, 1.7Hz, 1H), 5.30(s, 1H), 4.56(s, 1H), 4.07(s, 1H), 3.64(d,J=11.5Hz,1H),3.44(d,J=19.5Hz,2H),3.19(d,J=2.9Hz,2H),3.01(d,J=6.9Hz,3H),2.78( d, J=4.5Hz, 3H), 2.34 (d, J=1.1Hz, 3H), 1.18 (d, J=10.1Hz, 6H).

实施例2:化合物Z-2的制备Example 2: Preparation of Compound Z-2

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000041

实施例2可参考实施例1的方法,区别在于用2-羟基乙酸替代2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸,制备得到化合物Z-2(12mg)。MS m/z(ESI):459.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)8.17(br s,1H),7.45-7.41(m,3H),7.03-6.89(m,1H),6.73-6.69(m,1H),4.30-4.27(m,1H),4.15-3.79(m,3H),3.57(br s,1H),3.45-3.42(m,1H),3.38-2.83(m,7H),2.79-2.72(m,1H),2.55-2.42(m,4H). For Example 2, refer to the method of Example 1, except that 2-hydroxyacetic acid was used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-2 (12 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 459.2[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) 8.17(br s, 1H), 7.45-7.41(m, 3H), 7.03-6.89(m, 1H), 6.73 -6.69(m,1H),4.30-4.27(m,1H),4.15-3.79(m,3H),3.57(br s,1H),3.45-3.42(m,1H),3.38-2.83(m,7H ),2.79-2.72(m,1H),2.55-2.42(m,4H).

实施例3:化合物Z-3的制备Example 3: Preparation of Compound Z-3

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000042

实施例3可参考实施例1的方法,区别在于用2-羟基丙酸替代2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸,制备得到化合物Z-3(12mg)。MS m/z(ESI):473.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)8.17(br s,1H),7.43(br s,3H),7.13(br s,1H),6.72(br s,1H),5.32(d,J=8Hz,1H),4.39-4.19(m,2H),3.91-3.77(m,1H),3.57(br s,1H),3.44-3.36(m,2H),3.16-3.00(m,5H),2.81-2.74(m,1H),2.48-2.42(m,4H),1.27-1.23(m,3H)。 Example 3 can refer to the method of Example 1, except that 2-hydroxypropionic acid is used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-3 (12 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 473.2[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) 8.17(br s, 1H), 7.43(br s, 3H), 7.13(br s, 1H), 6.72(br s, 1H) s,1H),5.32(d,J=8Hz,1H),4.39-4.19(m,2H),3.91-3.77(m,1H),3.57(br s,1H),3.44-3.36(m,2H) , 3.16-3.00 (m, 5H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 4H), 1.27-1.23 (m, 3H).

实施例4:化合物Z-4的制备Example 4: Preparation of Compound Z-4

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000043

将化合物V9(60mg,149.84μmol)溶于乙腈(5mL),加入三乙胺(45.49mg,449.53μmol,62.70μL)和3-甲氧基乙烷-3-三氟甲烷磺酸酯(CAS.NO:1379585-89-3)(65.98mg,299.68μmol),室温搅拌2小时。减压浓缩,通过pre-HPLC分离得到化合物Z-4(4.89mg)。MS m/z(ESI):471.1[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.65(s,1H),8.37-8.35(d,J=8Hz,1H),7.62(m,2H),7.31(s,1H),6.80-6.78(d,J=8Hz,1H),3.54(m,3H),2.95-2.91(m,2H),2.78(s,3H),2.60-2.58(m,2H),2.56-2.55(m,1H),2.26(s,3H),2.18-2.15(m,2H),2.10-2.07(m,1H),1.88-1.85(m,1H),1.68-1.62(m,1H),1.15(s,3H)。 Compound V9 (60 mg, 149.84 μmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL), triethylamine (45.49 mg, 449.53 μmol, 62.70 μL) and 3-methoxyethane-3-trifluoromethanesulfonate (CAS. NO: 1379585-89-3) (65.98 mg, 299.68 μmol), stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. It was concentrated under reduced pressure and separated by pre-HPLC to obtain compound Z-4 (4.89 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 471.1 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.37-8.35 (d, J=8Hz, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.31(s, 1H), 6.80-6.78(d, J=8Hz, 1H), 3.54(m, 3H), 2.95-2.91(m, 2H), 2.78(s, 3H), 2.60 -2.58(m, 2H), 2.56-2.55(m, 1H), 2.26(s, 3H), 2.18-2.15(m, 2H), 2.10-2.07(m, 1H), 1.88-1.85(m, 1H) , 1.68-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H).

实施例5:化合物Z-5的制备Example 5: Preparation of Compound Z-5

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000044

实施例5可参考实施例1的方法,区别在于用氧杂环丁烷-2-羧酸替代2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸,制备得到化合物Z-5(25mg)。MS m/z(ESI):485.1[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.27(d,J=22.6Hz,1H),7.52(dd,J=23.4,12.3Hz,3H),7.06(d,J=86.6Hz,1H),6.81(s,1H),5.35–5.01(m,1H),4.69–4.19(m,3H),3.92–3.11(m,5H),2.71(q,J=16.9,11.5Hz,2H),2.50–2.40(m,3H),1.23(s,6H). Example 5 can refer to the method of Example 1, except that 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid is replaced by oxetane-2-carboxylic acid to prepare compound Z-5 (25 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 485.1 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.27 (d, J=22.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (dd, J=23.4, 12.3 Hz, 3H), 7.06(d, J=86.6Hz, 1H), 6.81(s, 1H), 5.35-5.01(m, 1H), 4.69-4.19(m, 3H), 3.92-3.11(m, 5H), 2.71 (q, J=16.9, 11.5Hz, 2H), 2.50–2.40(m, 3H), 1.23(s, 6H).

实施例6:化合物Z-6的制备Example 6: Preparation of Compound Z-6

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000045

实施例6可参考实施例1的方法,区别在于用四氢呋喃-2-羧酸替代2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸,制备得到化合物Z-6(25mg)。MS m/z(ESI):499.1[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)8.24(s,1H),7.54-7.45(m,3H),6.79(s,1H),4.45-4.32(m,2H),3.85-3.39(m,6H),3.02-3.01(m,5H),2.45(s,3H),2.20-1.93(m,4H),1.23(s,3H). For Example 6, refer to the method of Example 1, except that tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid was used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-6 (25 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 499.1[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3 ) 8.24(s,1H), 7.54-7.45(m,3H), 6.79(s,1H), 4.45- 4.32(m, 2H), 3.85-3.39(m, 6H), 3.02-3.01(m, 5H), 2.45(s, 3H), 2.20-1.93(m, 4H), 1.23(s, 3H).

实施例7:化合物Z-7的制备Example 7: Preparation of compound Z-7

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000046

实施例6可参考实施例1的方法,区别在于用四氢-2H-吡喃-2-羧酸替代2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸,制备得到化合物Z-7(20mg)。MS m/z(ESI):513.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ8.34–7.94(m,1H),7.44(t,J=9.9Hz,3H),6.95–6.42(m,2H),4.30(d,J=13.4Hz,1H),4.08–3.31(m,7H),3.22–2.79(m,6H),2.43(s,4H),1.23(s,6H). Example 6 can refer to the method of Example 1, except that tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxylic acid is used instead of 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid to prepare compound Z-7 (20 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 513.2[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.34–7.94 (m, 1H), 7.44 (t, J=9.9Hz, 3H), 6.95–6.42 ( m, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=13.4Hz, 1H), 4.08–3.31 (m, 7H), 3.22–2.79 (m, 6H), 2.43 (s, 4H), 1.23 (s, 6H).

实施例8:化合物Z-8的制备Example 8: Preparation of Compound Z-8

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000047

步骤1:将化合物V12(156.02mg,488.62μmol)和化合物V1(90mg,488.62μmol)加入甲醇(10mL)中,室温搅拌0.5小时。然后加入NaBH3CN(92.11mg,1.47mmol)。反应液在室温搅拌16小时,LC-MS监测情况。反应完后,减压浓缩得黄色油。用硅胶柱色谱法以洗脱剂体系(二氯甲烷/甲醇:1/0~10/1)纯化所得残余物,得到8-1(120mg)。MS m/z(ESI):488.2[M+1] +. Step 1: Compound V12 (156.02 mg, 488.62 μmol) and compound V1 (90 mg, 488.62 μmol) were added to methanol (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Then NaBH3CN (92.11 mg, 1.47 mmol) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction was completed, it was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a yellow oil. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography with an eluent system (dichloromethane/methanol: 1/0 to 10/1) to give 8-1 (120 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 488.2[M+1] + .

步骤2:将化合物8-1(120mg,246.15μmol)加入1.2-二氯乙烷(5mL)中。然后加入无水硫酸镁(100mg)和TFA(28.07mg,246.15μmol)。反应液在120℃微波反应1小时,LC-MS监测情况。反应完后,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到Z-8(5.04mg)。MS m/z(ESI):470.1[M+1] +;1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.74(s,1H),7.68(d,J=8Hz,2H),7.62(d,J=8Hz,1H),7.47(s,1H),7.18-7.14(m,1H),4.32-4.28(m,1H),4.07-4.01(m,1H),3.55-3.50(m,2H),3.37-3.30(m,3H),3.20-3.18(m,1H),2.81-2.80(m,1H),2.80(d,J=4Hz,3H),2.75-2.74(m,1H),2.55(s,3H),2.41(s,3H). Step 2: Compound 8-1 (120 mg, 246.15 μmol) was added to 1.2-dichloroethane (5 mL). Anhydrous magnesium sulfate (100 mg) and TFA (28.07 mg, 246.15 μmol) were then added. The reaction solution was microwaved at 120℃ for 1 hour, and the situation was monitored by LC-MS. After the reaction, the filtrate was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile change) , to give Z-8 (5.04 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 470.1 [M+1] + ; 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 8.74 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 7.47(s, 1H), 7.18-7.14(m, 1H), 4.32-4.28(m, 1H), 4.07-4.01(m, 1H), 3.55-3.50(m, 2H), 3.37- 3.30(m, 3H), 3.20-3.18(m, 1H), 2.81-2.80(m, 1H), 2.80(d, J=4Hz, 3H), 2.75-2.74(m, 1H), 2.55(s, 3H) ),2.41(s,3H).

实施例9:化合物Z-9的制备Example 9: Preparation of Compound Z-9

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000048

实施例9可参考实施例8的方法,区别在于用化合物V2替代化合物V1,制备得到化合物Z-9(20.86mg)。LCMS:MS m/z(ESI):457.1[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ7.87(s,1H),7.64(s,1H),7.49(d,J=8.5Hz,2H),7.35(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.25(s,1H),4.30(t,J=8.5Hz,1H),4.25–4.12(m,1H),4.03(dd,J=15.2,7.6Hz,1H),3.83–3.64(m,4H),3.58(dd,J=10.6,7.8Hz,1H),3.09(t,J=10.9Hz,1H),3.01(d,J=4.5Hz,3H),2.68(dd,J=12.9,11.3Hz,1H),2.52(s,3H). For Example 9, refer to the method of Example 8, except that Compound V2 was used instead of Compound V1 to prepare Compound Z-9 (20.86 mg). LCMS: MS m/z (ESI): 457.1 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.5 Hz ,2H),7.35(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.25(s,1H),4.30(t,J=8.5Hz,1H),4.25–4.12(m,1H),4.03(dd,J= 15.2, 7.6Hz, 1H), 3.83–3.64 (m, 4H), 3.58 (dd, J=10.6, 7.8Hz, 1H), 3.09 (t, J=10.9Hz, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 3H), 2.68(dd, J=12.9, 11.3Hz, 1H), 2.52(s, 3H).

实施例10:化合物Z-10的制备Example 10: Preparation of compound Z-10

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000049

步骤1:将中间体V3(0.26g,0.9mmol)溶解在四氢呋喃/甲醇/水(10/1/1)混合溶剂(24ml)中,加入氢氧化锂(0.19g,4.5mmol),室温搅拌2小时,反应液浓缩得到10-1(0.4g)。MS m/z(ESI):186.1[M+1] + Step 1: Dissolve intermediate V3 (0.26g, 0.9mmol) in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (10/1/1) (24ml), add lithium hydroxide (0.19g, 4.5mmol), stir at room temperature for 2 After hours, the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain 10-1 (0.4 g). MS m/z(ESI): 186.1[M+1] +

步骤2:将化合物10-1(0.4g)溶解在DCM(20ml)中,加入TEA(0.33g,3.3mmol),将甲磺酰氯(0.23g,2.0mmol)的DCM(10ml)溶液慢慢滴加进入,室温搅拌2小时,反应液直接水洗,干燥,浓缩。产物用硅胶柱层析纯化(甲醇/二氯甲烷=1/25),得到10-2(0.25g)。MS m/z(ESI):248.1[M+1] + Step 2: Compound 10-1 (0.4 g) was dissolved in DCM (20 ml), TEA (0.33 g, 3.3 mmol) was added, and a solution of methanesulfonyl chloride (0.23 g, 2.0 mmol) in DCM (10 ml) was slowly added dropwise was added, stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction solution was directly washed with water, dried and concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol/dichloromethane=1/25) to obtain 10-2 (0.25 g). MS m/z(ESI): 248.1[M+1] +

步骤3:将化合物10-2(0.25g,1mmol)溶解在DMF(15ml)中,加入叠氮化钠(0.14g,2mmol),升温至80℃,搅拌过夜。冷却至室温,反应液用乙酸乙酯稀释,水洗,饱和氯化钠溶液洗,干燥后浓缩,得到10-3(0.2g)。MS m/z(ESI):211.1[M+1]+Step 3: Compound 10-2 (0.25 g, 1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 ml), sodium azide (0.14 g, 2 mmol) was added, the temperature was raised to 80° C. and stirred overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried and concentrated to obtain 10-3 (0.2 g). MS m/z(ESI): 211.1[M+1]+

步骤4:化合物10-3(0.2g)溶解在乙醇(20ml)中,加入10%的湿钯碳(80mg),氢气置换三次,室温下搅拌20小时,过滤,滤液浓缩,得到10-4(0.17g)。MS m/z(ESI):185.2[M+1]Step 4: Compound 10-3 (0.2 g) was dissolved in ethanol (20 ml), 10% wet palladium on carbon (80 mg) was added, hydrogen was replaced three times, stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain 10-4 ( 0.17g). MS m/z(ESI): 185.2[M+1]

步骤5:向圆底烧瓶中加入化合物10-4(0.17g),1-氟-4-甲基硝基苯(0.2g,1.2mmol),碳酸钾(0.25g,1.8mmol)和DMF(15ml),升温至80℃,搅拌过夜,冷却至室温,过滤,滤液浓缩。产物用硅胶柱层析纯化(乙酸乙酯/石油醚=1/4),得到10-5(0.11g)。MS m/z(ESI):320.2[M+1] + Step 5: To a round bottom flask was added compound 10-4 (0.17g), 1-fluoro-4-methylnitrobenzene (0.2g, 1.2mmol), potassium carbonate (0.25g, 1.8mmol) and DMF (15ml) ), warmed to 80°C, stirred overnight, cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate/petroleum ether=1/4) to obtain 10-5 (0.11 g). MS m/z(ESI): 320.2[M+1] +

步骤6:将化合物10-5(0.11g,0.34mmol)悬浮在无水乙醇(20ml)中,加入10%湿钯碳(60mg),氢气置换三次,室温下搅拌1小时,过滤,浓缩得到10-6(0.07g)。MS m/z(ESI):290.1[M+1] + Step 6: Suspend compound 10-5 (0.11 g, 0.34 mmol) in absolute ethanol (20 ml), add 10% wet palladium on carbon (60 mg), replace with hydrogen three times, stir at room temperature for 1 hour, filter, and concentrate to obtain 10 -6 (0.07g). MS m/z(ESI): 290.1[M+1] +

步骤7:将10-6(70mg,0.24mmol),2,6-二氟-4-(甲基氨基甲酰基)苯甲酸(63mg,0.29mmol),HATU(110mg,0.29mmol)和TEA(88mg,0.87mmol)溶解在DMF(3ml)中,室温搅拌过夜,反应液浓缩,产物用硅胶柱层析纯化(甲醇/二氯甲烷=1/25),得到10-7(76mg)。MS m/z(ESI):487.1[M+1] + Step 7: Combine 10-6 (70 mg, 0.24 mmol), 2,6-difluoro-4-(methylcarbamoyl)benzoic acid (63 mg, 0.29 mmol), HATU (110 mg, 0.29 mmol) and TEA (88 mg , 0.87 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 ml), stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction solution was concentrated, and the product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol/dichloromethane=1/25) to obtain 10-7 (76 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 487.1[M+1] +

步骤8:将化合物10-7(76mg,0.156mmol)溶解在1,2-二氯乙烷中(8ml),加入三氟乙酸(1ml)和无水硫酸镁固体(76mg),微波条件下加热到130℃,反应40分钟,冷却至室温,过滤,浓缩。产物用制备HPLC纯化(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%--60%乙腈变化),得到Z-10(19mg)。MS m/z(ESI):469.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.74-8.71(m,1H),7.69-7.66(m,3H),7.51-7.49(m,1H),7.18-7.15(m,1H),4.55-4.52(m,1H),4.47-4.45(m,1H),4.28-4.25(m,1H),4.17-4.13(m,1H),4.06–3.93(m,1H),3.78(dd,J=12.1,3.5Hz,1H),3.23–3.09(m,4H),2.80(s,3H),2.42(s,3H). Step 8: Compound 10-7 (76 mg, 0.156 mmol) was dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (8 ml), trifluoroacetic acid (1 ml) and anhydrous magnesium sulfate solid (76 mg) were added, and heated under microwave conditions to 130°C, reacted for 40 minutes, cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by preparative HPLC (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O ; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%--60% acetonitrile change) to give Z-10 (19 mg) . MS m/z (ESI): 469.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.74-8.71 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.51-7.49 (m,1H),7.18-7.15(m,1H),4.55-4.52(m,1H),4.47-4.45(m,1H),4.28-4.25(m,1H),4.17-4.13(m,1H) ,4.06–3.93(m,1H),3.78(dd,J=12.1,3.5Hz,1H),3.23–3.09(m,4H),2.80(s,3H),2.42(s,3H).

实施例11:化合物Z-11的制备Example 11: Preparation of compound Z-11

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000050

实施例11可参考实施例10的方法,区别在于用化合物V4替代化合物V3,可制备得到化合物Z-11(24mg)。MS m/z(ESI):453.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.75-8.72(m,1H),7.75–7.62(m,3H),7.53-7.50(m,1H),7.20-7.16(m,1H),4.80-4.76(m,1H),4.63–4.47(m,2H),4.25–4.14(m,2H),4.10–4.00(m,1H),3.66-3.62(m,1H),2.80(d,J=4.5Hz,3H),2.43(s,3H),2.30(s,3H). Example 11 can refer to the method of Example 10, except that compound V4 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-11 (24 mg) can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 453.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.75-8.72 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.50 (m,1H), 7.20-7.16(m,1H), 4.80-4.76(m,1H), 4.63-4.47(m,2H), 4.25-4.14(m,2H), 4.10-4.00(m,1H) ,3.66-3.62(m,1H),2.80(d,J=4.5Hz,3H),2.43(s,3H),2.30(s,3H).

实施例12:化合物Z-12的制备Example 12: Preparation of compound Z-12

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000051
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000051

实施例12可参考实施例10的方法,区别在于用化合物V5替代化合物V3,可制备得到化合物Z-12(32mg)。MS m/z(ESI):497.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.74-8.72(m,1H),7.73–7.64(m,3H),7.50(s,1H),7.17(dd,J=8.3,1.5Hz,1H),4.58–4.43(m,2H),4.32–4.10(m,3H),4.02-4.00(m,1H),3.79-3.76(m,1H),3.16-3.14(m,1H),2.81-2.79(m,3H),2.43(s,3H),1.15(dd,J=6.7,3.3Hz,6H). Example 12 can refer to the method of Example 10, the difference is that compound V5 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-12 (32 mg) can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 497.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.74-8.72 (m, 1H), 7.73-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s ,1H),7.17(dd,J=8.3,1.5Hz,1H),4.58-4.43(m,2H),4.32-4.10(m,3H),4.02-4.00(m,1H),3.79-3.76(m ,1H),3.16-3.14(m,1H),2.81-2.79(m,3H),2.43(s,3H),1.15(dd,J=6.7,3.3Hz,6H).

实施例13:化合物Z-13的制备Example 13: Preparation of compound Z-13

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000052

实施例13可参考实施例10的方法,区别在于用化合物V6替代化合物V3,可制备得到化合物Z-13(34mg)。MS m/z(ESI):537.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.74-8.72(m,1H),7.70-7.68(m,3H),7.50(s,1H),7.21–7.16(m,1H),4.59–4.42(m,4H),4.32-4.30(m,1H),4.17-4.14(m,1H),4.07-4.02(m,1H),3.84-3.81(m,1H),3.23-3.20(m,1H),2.80(d,J=4.5Hz,3H),2.43(s,3H). Example 13 can refer to the method of Example 10, except that compound V6 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-13 (34 mg) can be prepared. MS m/z (ESI): 537.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.74-8.72 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s ,1H),7.21-7.16(m,1H),4.59-4.42(m,4H),4.32-4.30(m,1H),4.17-4.14(m,1H),4.07-4.02(m,1H),3.84 -3.81(m, 1H), 3.23-3.20(m, 1H), 2.80(d, J=4.5Hz, 3H), 2.43(s, 3H).

实施例14:化合物Z-14的制备Example 14: Preparation of Compound Z-14

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000053

实施例14可参考实施例10的方法,区别在于用化合物V7替代化合物V3,可制备获得化合物Z-14(27.19mg)。MS m/z(ESI):495.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD)δ7.75–7.58(m,3H),7.54(s,1H),7.27(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),4.57(dd,J=25.9,15.4Hz,2H),4.28(dd,J=15.5,6.1Hz,2H),4.08(s,1H),3.82(dd,J=12.2,3.6Hz,1H),3.26–3.18(m,1H),3.09(d,J=5.9Hz,1H),2.95(s,3H),2.50(s,3H),1.00–0.79(m,4H). Example 14 can refer to the method of Example 10, except that compound V7 is used instead of compound V3, and compound Z-14 (27.19 mg) can be prepared. MS m/z(ESI): 495.2[M+1] + , 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.75-7.58(m, 3H), 7.54(s, 1H), 7.27(d, J=8.4Hz ,1H),4.57(dd,J=25.9,15.4Hz,2H),4.28(dd,J=15.5,6.1Hz,2H),4.08(s,1H),3.82(dd,J=12.2,3.6Hz, 1H), 3.26–3.18 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, J=5.9Hz, 1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.00–0.79 (m, 4H).

实施例15:化合物Z-15的制备Example 15: Preparation of Compound Z-15

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000054

将中间体V15(35mg)溶于DCM(5mL)中,冷却至0℃,将TEA(0.726M,226.09μL)加入其中,环丙烷碳酰氯(8.58mg,82.07μmol)逐滴加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌1小时。LC-MS监测反应结束。减压旋干溶剂。制备色谱法纯化(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱,体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O波长:254/214nm,梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)得到化合物Z-15(6.0mg)。MS m/z(ESI):495.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ8.19(d,J=7.0Hz,1H),7.45(dd,J=25.7,10.7Hz,3H),6.71(s,1H),4.33(s,1H),3.85(t,J= 7.1Hz,4H),3.57(s,1H),3.40(td,J=11.8,2.6Hz,1H),3.27–2.93(m,3H),2.83(s,1H),2.65(t,J=8.1Hz,2H),2.41(s,3H),2.28–2.14(m,2H),1.52(s,1H),0.98–0.87(m,2H),0.77–0.67(m,2H)。 Intermediate V15 (35 mg) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL), cooled to 0 °C, TEA (0.726 M, 226.09 μL) was added, and cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (8.58 mg, 82.07 μmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The end of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. The solvent was spun dry under reduced pressure. Purification by preparative chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250 mm C18 column, system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O wavelength: 254/214 nm, gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) gave compound Z-15 (6.0 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 495.2[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.19 (d, J=7.0Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=25.7, 10.7Hz, 3H) ,6.71(s,1H),4.33(s,1H),3.85(t,J=7.1Hz,4H),3.57(s,1H),3.40(td,J=11.8,2.6Hz,1H),3.27– 2.93(m, 3H), 2.83(s, 1H), 2.65(t, J=8.1Hz, 2H), 2.41(s, 3H), 2.28–2.14(m, 2H), 1.52(s, 1H), 0.98 -0.87(m,2H),0.77-0.67(m,2H).

实施例16:化合物Z-16的制备Example 16: Preparation of compound Z-16

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000055

将中间体V15(粗品30mg),羟基乙酸(8mg),HATU(38mg)和TEA(40mg)溶解在DMF(6ml)中,室温搅拌过夜。产物用制备HPLC纯化(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%--60%乙腈变化),得到化合物Z-16(4mg)。MS m/z(ESI):485.1[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.37-8.35(m,1H),7.57-7.55(m,2H),7.30(s,1H),6.79-6.77(m,1H),4.53-4.52(m,1H),4.08–3.81(m,5H),3.66-3.64(m,1H),3.58–3.37(m,2H),3.17-3.15(m,1H),2.99-2.97(m,2H),2.59(s,1H),2.54-2.52(m,2H),2.34(s,4H),2.09–2.01(m,2H). Intermediate V15 (crude 30 mg), glycolic acid (8 mg), HATU (38 mg) and TEA (40 mg) were dissolved in DMF (6 ml) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The product was purified by preparative HPLC (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O ; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%--60% acetonitrile change) to give compound Z-16 (4 mg ). MS m/z (ESI): 485.1 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.37-8.35 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.30 (s ,1H),6.79-6.77(m,1H),4.53-4.52(m,1H),4.08-3.81(m,5H),3.66-3.64(m,1H),3.58-3.37(m,2H),3.17 -3.15(m, 1H), 2.99-2.97(m, 2H), 2.59(s, 1H), 2.54-2.52(m, 2H), 2.34(s, 4H), 2.09–2.01(m, 2H).

实施例17:化合物Z-17的制备Example 17: Preparation of compound Z-17

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000056

实施例17可参考实施例16的方法,区别在于用2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸替代羟基乙酸,可制备得化合物Z-17(16mg)。MS m/z(ESI):513.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.35-8.33(m,1H),7.57-7.55(m,2H),7.30(s,1H),6.79-6.77(m,1H),5.30(s,1H),4.57(s,1H),4.07(s,1H),3.85-3.83(m,2H),3.67-3.64(m,1H),3.44(s,1H),3.23-3.20(m,2H),3.00-2.98(m,3H),2.54-2.52(m,2H),2.34(s,3H),2.09–2.01(m,2H),1.17(s,6H). Example 17 The method of Example 16 can be referred to, except that 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid is used instead of glycolic acid to prepare compound Z-17 (16 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 513.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.35-8.33 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.30 (s ,1H),6.79-6.77(m,1H),5.30(s,1H),4.57(s,1H),4.07(s,1H),3.85-3.83(m,2H),3.67-3.64(m,1H) ), 3.44(s, 1H), 3.23-3.20(m, 2H), 3.00-2.98(m, 3H), 2.54-2.52(m, 2H), 2.34(s, 3H), 2.09–2.01(m, 2H) ),1.17(s,6H).

实施例18:化合物Z-18的制备Example 18: Preparation of compound Z-18

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000057
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000057

将中间体V18(35mg)和2-羟基乙酸(11.98mg)溶于DMF(4mL)中,然后将HATU(29.71mg),DIPEA(20.36mg)加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌1小时。LC-MS监测反应结束。制备色谱法纯化(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱,体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O波长:254/214nm,梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)得到化合物Z-18(4.44mg)。MS m/z(ESI):503.1[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO)δ8.64(d,J=5.6Hz,1H),7.56(d,J=10.3Hz,2H),7.46(d,J=7.3Hz,1H),4.52(d,J=5.2Hz,1H),4.11–3.80(m,5H),3.69–3.59(m,1H),3.57–3.38(m,2H),3.22–3.09(m,1H),2.97(dd,J=21.3,7.4Hz,2H),2.77–2.59(m,1H),2.53(t,J=8.1Hz,2H),2.31(s,3H),2.12–1.97(m,2H)。 Intermediate V18 (35 mg) and 2-hydroxyacetic acid (11.98 mg) were dissolved in DMF (4 mL), then HATU (29.71 mg), DIPEA (20.36 mg) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The end of the reaction was monitored by LC-MS. Purification by preparative chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250 mm C18 column, system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O wavelength: 254/214 nm, gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) gave compound Z-18 (4.44 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 503.1 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.64 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 4.11–3.80 (m, 5H), 3.69–3.59 (m, 1H), 3.57–3.38 (m, 2H), 3.22–3.09 (m, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=21.3, 7.4Hz, 2H), 2.77–2.59 (m, 1H), 2.53 (t, J=8.1Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.12–1.97 (m, 2H).

实施例19:化合物Z-19的制备Example 19: Preparation of compound Z-19

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000058

将中间体V15(50mg,117.24μmol)加入DCM(10mL)中,加入TEA(35.59mg,351.73μmol,49.06μL),然后再加入氘代乙酰氯(14.34mg,175.87μmol)。反应液在室温搅拌1小时。减压浓缩。用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-19(24.61mg)。MS m/z(ESI):472.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.36(dd,J=11.0,7.1Hz,1H),7.55(d,J=10.1Hz,2H),7.29(s,1H),6.77(t,J=5.9Hz,1H),4.03(dd,J=26.7,12.8Hz,1H),3.84(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),3.65(d,J=8.9Hz,1H),3.55–3.31(m,2H),3.17(dd,J=39.6,9.2Hz,1H),2.97(dd,J=12.6,7.4Hz,2H),2.76–2.62(m,1H),2.53(t,J=8.1Hz,2H),2.33(s,3H),2.26–2.14(m,1H),2.09–1.99(m,2H). Intermediate V15 (50 mg, 117.24 μmol) was added to DCM (10 mL), TEA (35.59 mg, 351.73 μmol, 49.06 μL) was added followed by deuterated acetyl chloride (14.34 mg, 175.87 μmol). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Concentrate under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250 mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) to give compound Z-19 (24.61 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 472.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.36 (dd, J=11.0, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 2H), 7.29(s, 1H), 6.77(t, J=5.9Hz, 1H), 4.03(dd, J=26.7, 12.8Hz, 1H), 3.84(t, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 3.65(d,J=8.9Hz,1H),3.55-3.31(m,2H),3.17(dd,J=39.6,9.2Hz,1H),2.97(dd,J=12.6,7.4Hz,2H),2.76 –2.62(m,1H),2.53(t,J=8.1Hz,2H),2.33(s,3H),2.26–2.14(m,1H),2.09–1.99(m,2H).

实施例20-1:化合物Z-20的制备Example 20-1: Preparation of Compound Z-20

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000059

将中间体V18(42mg,94.50μmol)加入DCM(10.01mL)中,加入TEA(28.69mg,283.50μmol,39.54μL),然后再加入氘代乙酰氯(11.55mg,141.75μmol)。反应液在室温搅拌1小时。减压浓缩。用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-20(19.63mg)。MS m/z(ESI):490.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ8.71–8.62(m,1H),7.58(d,J=12.0Hz,2H),7.49(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),4.14-4.00(m,1H),3.87(t,J=6.9Hz,2H),3.69-3.63(m,2H),3.57–3.44(m,1H),3.37(s,0.5H),3.29–3.20(m,0.5H),3.17–2.92(m,3H),2.80–2.71(m,0.5H),2.55(t,J=8.0Hz,2H),2.33(s,3H),2.29–2.21(m,0.5H),2.13–2.00(m,2H). Intermediate V18 (42 mg, 94.50 μmol) was added to DCM (10.01 mL), TEA (28.69 mg, 283.50 μmol, 39.54 μL) was added, followed by deuterated acetyl chloride (11.55 mg, 141.75 μmol). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Concentrate under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2×250 mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) to give compound Z-20 (19.63 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 490.2 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.71–8.62 (m, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=12.0Hz, 2H), 7.49 ( d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.00(m, 1H), 3.87(t, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 3.69-3.63(m, 2H), 3.57-3.44(m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 0.5H), 3.29–3.20 (m, 0.5H), 3.17–2.92 (m, 3H), 2.80–2.71 (m, 0.5H), 2.55 (t, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 2.33 ( s, 3H), 2.29–2.21 (m, 0.5H), 2.13–2.00 (m, 2H).

实施例20-2:化合物Z-20的制备Example 20-2: Preparation of Compound Z-20

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000060

将中间体化合物V13(1g,2.06mmol)和吡咯烷-2-酮(350.72mg,4.12mmol)溶于甲苯(50mL)中,然后将Pd2dba3(188.69mg,206.05μmol),Xantphos(238.44mg,412.11μmol),碳酸铯(1.34g,4.12mmol)加入其中。该反应在Ar保护下100℃条件下搅拌16小时。过滤,旋干溶剂用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-20(492mg)。MS m/z(ESI):490.2[M+1] +1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ8.71–8.62(m,1H),7.58(d,J=12.0Hz,2H),7.49(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),4.14-4.00(m,1H),3.87(t,J=6.9Hz,2H),3.69-3.63(m,2H),3.57–3.44(m,1H),3.37(s,0.5H),3.29–3.20(m,0.5H),3.17–2.92(m,3H),2.80–2.71(m,0.5H),2.55(t,J=8.0Hz,2H),2.33(s,3H),2.29–2.21(m,0.5H),2.13–2.00(m,2H)。 Intermediate compound V13 (1 g, 2.06 mmol) and pyrrolidin-2-one (350.72 mg, 4.12 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (50 mL), followed by Pd2dba3 (188.69 mg, 206.05 μmol), Xantphos (238.44 mg, 412.11 μmol), cesium carbonate (1.34 g, 4.12 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours under Ar protection. The resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) after filtration, and the solvent was spin-dried to give compound Z-20 (492mg). MS m/z (ESI): 490.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.71-8.62 (m, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49 ( d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.00(m, 1H), 3.87(t, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 3.69-3.63(m, 2H), 3.57-3.44(m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 0.5H), 3.29–3.20 (m, 0.5H), 3.17–2.92 (m, 3H), 2.80–2.71 (m, 0.5H), 2.55 (t, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 2.33 ( s, 3H), 2.29–2.21 (m, 0.5H), 2.13–2.00 (m, 2H).

实施例21:化合物Z-21的制备Example 21: Preparation of Compound Z-21

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000061

将中间体V21(40mg)和1-羟基环丙烷-1-羧酸(32.50mg)溶到DMF(10mL)中,然后依次加入DIPEA(23.31mg)和HATU(51.04mg),然后在25℃反应2个小时。加入10mL水淬灭反应液,再加入20mL的乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-21(20mg)。MS m/z(ESI):528.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)8.37(d,J=8Hz,1H),7.55-7.51(m,2H),7.49(s,1H),7.32-6.81(m,1H),6.80(br s,1H),4.15-3.55(m,3H),3.12-2.52(m,7H),2.34(s,3H),0.81-0.80(m,2H),0.78-0.62(m,2H). Intermediate V21 (40 mg) and 1-hydroxycyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (32.50 mg) were dissolved in DMF (10 mL), then DIPEA (23.31 mg) and HATU (51.04 mg) were added sequentially, and then reacted at 25°C 2 hours. 10 mL of water was added to quench the reaction solution, then 20 mL of ethyl acetate was added for extraction, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile change) The resulting residue was purified to give compound Z-21 (20 mg). MS m/z(ESI): 528.2[M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3) 8.37(d, J=8Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.51(m, 2H), 7.49(s, 1H), 7.32-6.81(m, 1H), 6.80(br s, 1H), 4.15-3.55(m, 3H), 3.12-2.52(m, 7H), 2.34(s, 3H), 0.81-0.80(m, 2H) ,0.78-0.62(m,2H).

实施例22:化合物Z-22的制备Example 22: Preparation of Compound Z-22

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000062

将中间体V21(90mg)溶于DMF(4mL),加入1-氟环丙烷-1-羧酸(18.78mg),HATU(68.06mg)和TEA(27.38mg),室温搅拌2小时。减压浓缩,通过pre-HPLC得到化合物Z-22(15.87mg)。MS m/z(ESI):530.1[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ13.34(s,1H),8.40-8.38(d,J=8Hz,1H),7.55-7.53(d,J=8Hz,2H),7.33(s,1H),6.82-6.80(m,1H),3.92-3.89(m,2H),3.72-3.69(m,1H),3.54-3.52(m,1H),3.26-3.25(m,2H),3.07-3.05(m,3H),2.29(s,3H),1.06-1.04(m,4H). Intermediate V21 (90 mg) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL), 1-fluorocyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (18.78 mg), HATU (68.06 mg) and TEA (27.38 mg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Concentration under reduced pressure gave compound Z-22 (15.87 mg) by pre-HPLC. MS m/z (ESI): 530.1 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.34 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.38 (d, J=8Hz, 1H), 7.55 -7.53(d, J=8Hz, 2H), 7.33(s, 1H), 6.82-6.80(m, 1H), 3.92-3.89(m, 2H), 3.72-3.69(m, 1H), 3.54-3.52( m,1H),3.26-3.25(m,2H),3.07-3.05(m,3H),2.29(s,3H),1.06-1.04(m,4H).

实施例23:化合物Z-23的制备Example 23: Preparation of Compound Z-23

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000063

将中间体V21(31mg),2-羟基乙酸(10.63mg)和HATU(52.74mg)加入DMF(5mL)中,然后加入TEA(21.22mg)。反应液在室温搅拌16小时。减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-23(13.99mg)。MS m/z(ESI):502.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.39(d,J=7.1Hz,1H),7.52(d,J=7.9Hz,2H),7.32(s,1H),6.80(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),4.55-4.52(m,2H),4.09-3.89(m,3H),3.64-3.54(m,3H),3.25-3.20(m,2H),3.03-3.00(m,1H),2.84–2.60(m,2H),2.34(s,3H). Intermediate V21 (31 mg), 2-hydroxyacetic acid (10.63 mg) and HATU (52.74 mg) were added to DMF (5 mL) followed by TEA (21.22 mg). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentrate under reduced pressure, and purify the resulting residue by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O ; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation), Compound Z-23 (13.99 mg) was obtained. MS m/z (ESI): 502.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.39 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.32(s, 1H), 6.80(d, J=7.2Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.52(m, 2H), 4.09-3.89(m, 3H), 3.64-3.54(m, 3H), 3.25 -3.20(m, 2H), 3.03-3.00(m, 1H), 2.84-2.60(m, 2H), 2.34(s, 3H).

实施例24:化合物Z-24的制备Example 24: Preparation of Compound Z-24

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000064

将中间体V21(31mg),2-羟基-2-甲基丙酸(14.55mg)和HATU(52.74mg)加入DMF(971.58μL)中,然后加入TEA(21.22mg)。反应液在室温搅拌16小时。减压浓缩。用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-24(20.12mg)。MS m/z(ESI):530.2[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.37(d,J=6.7Hz,1H),7.53(d,J=7.8Hz,2H),7.32(s,1H),6.80(dd,J=7.2,1.6Hz,1H),3.72–3.56(m,2H),3.45(s,1H),3.21(d,J=26.8Hz,3H),3.02(d,J=6.1Hz,3H),2.63(s,1H),2.34(s,3H),1.17(s,6H). Intermediate V21 (31 mg), 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionic acid (14.55 mg) and HATU (52.74 mg) were added to DMF (971.58 [mu]L) followed by TEA (21.22 mg). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentrate under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250 mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O ; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) to give compound Z- 24 (20.12 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 530.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.37 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.53 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.32(s, 1H), 6.80(dd, J=7.2, 1.6Hz, 1H), 3.72–3.56(m, 2H), 3.45(s, 1H), 3.21(d, J=26.8Hz, 3H ), 3.02(d, J=6.1Hz, 3H), 2.63(s, 1H), 2.34(s, 3H), 1.17(s, 6H).

实施例25:化合物Z-25的制备Example 25: Preparation of Compound Z-25

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000065

将中间体V25(50mg)和2-羟基乙酸(8.24mg)溶解DMF(10mL)中,然后依次加入DIPEA(28.01mg)和HATU(61.32mg),然后在室温搅拌反应12个小时。反应液减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-25(5mg)。MS m/z(ESI):520.1[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.27(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),7.55(s,1H),7.31(t,J=8.4Hz,2H),4.34(t,J=12.8Hz,1H),4.23–3.78(m,3H),3.53(d,J=67.3Hz,3H),3.37–3.08(m,2H),2.99(d,J=7.3Hz,2H),2.85(d,J=12.9Hz,1H),2.66–2.49(m,1H),2.40(s,3H). Intermediate V25 (50 mg) and 2-hydroxyacetic acid (8.24 mg) were dissolved in DMF (10 mL), then DIPEA (28.01 mg) and HATU (61.32 mg) were added sequentially, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2×250 mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 H 2 O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) to obtain compound Z-25 (5 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 520.1 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.27 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.55 (s, 1 H), 7.31 (t, J =8.4Hz,2H),4.34(t,J=12.8Hz,1H),4.23-3.78(m,3H),3.53(d,J=67.3Hz,3H),3.37-3.08(m,2H),2.99 (d, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 2.85 (d, J=12.9Hz, 1H), 2.66–2.49 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H).

实施例26:化合物Z-26的制备Example 26: Preparation of Compound Z-26

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000066

将中间体V26和1-氟环丙烷羧酸(3.52mg)溶于DMF(5mL)中,然后将HATU(19.14mg),TEA(6.83mg)加入其中。该反应在室温下搅拌2小时,LCMS显示反应完全。粗品经制备色谱法纯化(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱,体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O波长:254/214nm,梯度:30%--60%乙腈变化)制备得到化合物Z-26(1.64mg)。MS m/z(ESI):530.1[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,CD3OD)δ8.41(d,J=6.9Hz,1H),7.69(d,J=8.1Hz,2H),7.33(s,1H),6.86(d,J=6.9Hz,1H),4.10(d,J=12.9Hz,2H),3.82(d,J=10.4Hz,1H),3.64(s,1H),3.41(t,J=11.7Hz,2H),3.12(s,3H),2.43(s,3H),1.13(s,4H). Intermediate V26 and 1-fluorocyclopropanecarboxylic acid (3.52 mg) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL), then HATU (19.14 mg), TEA (6.83 mg) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and LCMS showed the reaction was complete. The crude product was purified by preparative chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column, system: 10mM NH4HCO3H2O wavelength: 254/214nm, gradient: 30% -- 60% acetonitrile change) to prepare compound Z-26 (1.64 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 530.1 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.41 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (s,1H),6.86(d,J=6.9Hz,1H),4.10(d,J=12.9Hz,2H),3.82(d,J=10.4Hz,1H),3.64(s,1H),3.41 (t, J=11.7Hz, 2H), 3.12(s, 3H), 2.43(s, 3H), 1.13(s, 4H).

实施例27:化合物Z-27的制备Example 27: Preparation of Compound Z-27

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000067

将中间体V26(100mg)和1-羟基环丙烷-1-羧酸(23.02mg)溶到DMF(10mL)中,然后依次加入DIPEA(58.29mg)和HATU(127.61mg),然后在室温搅拌反应12个小时。加入10mL水淬灭反应液,再加入20mL的乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-27(25mg)。MS m/z(ESI):528.1[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)8.38(d,J=4Hz,1H),7.72(d,J=8Hz,2H),7.32(s,1H),6.81(d,J=8Hz,1H),6.21(s,1H),4.1(br s,1H),3.68(d,J=12Hz,1H),3.51-3.35(m,6H),3.04-3.01(m,2H),2.34(s,3H),0.83-0.63(m,4H). Intermediate V26 (100 mg) and 1-hydroxycyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (23.02 mg) were dissolved in DMF (10 mL), then DIPEA (58.29 mg) and HATU (127.61 mg) were added sequentially, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature 12 hours. 10 mL of water was added to quench the reaction solution, then 20 mL of ethyl acetate was added for extraction, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. C18 column; system: 10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 H 2 O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) The resulting residue was purified to give compound Z-27 (25 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 528.1 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) 8.38 (d, J=4Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8Hz, 2H), 7.32 (s ,1H),6.81(d,J=8Hz,1H),6.21(s,1H),4.1(br s,1H),3.68(d,J=12Hz,1H),3.51-3.35(m,6H), 3.04-3.01(m, 2H), 2.34(s, 3H), 0.83-0.63(m, 4H).

实施例28:化合物Z-28的制备Example 28: Preparation of Compound Z-28

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000068

将中间体V28(50mg,107.78μmol),1-羟基环丙烷羧酸(13.20mg,129.34μmol),HATU(61.00mg,161.68μmol)和DIPEA(41.79mg,323.35μmol)溶解在DMF(10mL)中,室温下搅拌16小时。减压浓缩得到棕色粗产品。用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH 4HCO 3H 2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,冷冻干燥得到化合物Z-28(18.39mg)。MS m/z(ESI):548.0[M+1] +1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.54(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.69(d,J=8.0Hz,2H),7.60(s,1H),7.01(d,J=7.3Hz,1H),4.57(s,2H),4.29(s,2H),3.80(d,J=8.7Hz,1H),3.66(d,J=19.4Hz,1H),3.42–3.33(m,1H),3.14(d,J=5.2Hz,2H),0.95(d,J=9.4Hz,2H),0.78(s,2H). Intermediate V28 (50 mg, 107.78 μmol), 1-hydroxycyclopropanecarboxylic acid (13.20 mg, 129.34 μmol), HATU (61.00 mg, 161.68 μmol) and DIPEA (41.79 mg, 323.35 μmol) were dissolved in DMF (10 mL) , and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentration under reduced pressure gave a brown crude product. The resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O ; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) and lyophilized to give the compound Z-28 (18.39 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 548.0 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.54 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H ), 7.60(s, 1H), 7.01(d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 4.57(s, 2H), 4.29(s, 2H), 3.80(d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 3.66(d , J=19.4Hz, 1H), 3.42–3.33(m, 1H), 3.14(d, J=5.2Hz, 2H), 0.95(d, J=9.4Hz, 2H), 0.78(s, 2H).

实施例29:化合物Z-29的制备Example 29: Preparation of Compound Z-29

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000069

将中间体化合物V13(120mg,247.26μmol)和(2R)-5-氧吡咯烷-2-羧酸甲酯(70.79mg,494.53μmol)溶于二氧六环(10mL)中,然后将Pd2dba3(22.64mg,24.73μmol),Xantphos(28.61mg,49.45μmol),碳酸铯(161.22mg,494.53μmol)加入其中。该反应在Ar保护下100℃条件下搅拌16小时.过滤,旋干溶剂用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-29(64.61mg)。MS m/z(ESI):548.2[M+1] +1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ8.70(t,J=6.0Hz,1H),7.61–7.35(m,3H),5.21(d,J=9.0Hz,1H),4.10(dd,J=51.1,13.2Hz,1H),3.77–3.46(m,6H),3.26–2.96(m,4H),2.84–2.54(m,3H),2.41–2.11(m,5H). Intermediate compound V13 (120 mg, 247.26 μmol) and methyl (2R)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (70.79 mg, 494.53 μmol) were dissolved in dioxane (10 mL), and then Pd2dba3 ( 22.64 mg, 24.73 μmol), Xantphos (28.61 mg, 49.45 μmol), cesium carbonate (161.22 mg, 494.53 μmol) were added. The reaction was stirred under Ar protection at 100°C for 16 hours. Filtered and spun off the solvent by preparative liquid chromatography (Preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; System: 10mM NH4HCO3H2O; Wavelength: 254/214nm; Gradient: 30%-60 % change in acetonitrile) and the resulting residue was purified to give compound Z-29 (64.61 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 548.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.70 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.61-7.35 (m, 3H), 5.21 ( d, J=9.0Hz, 1H), 4.10 (dd, J=51.1, 13.2Hz, 1H), 3.77–3.46 (m, 6H), 3.26–2.96 (m, 4H), 2.84–2.54 (m, 3H) ,2.41–2.11(m,5H).

实施例30:化合物Z-30的制备Example 30: Preparation of Compound Z-30

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000070

实施例30可参考实施例29的方法,区别在于用(2S)-5-氧吡咯烷-2-羧酸甲酯替代(2R)-5-氧吡咯烷-2-羧酸甲酯,可制备得化合物Z-30(18mg)。MS m/z(ESI):548.3[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO)δ8.71(t,J=6.3Hz,1H),7.48(dd,J=22.1, 8.5Hz,3H),5.21(dd,J=9.1,2.6Hz,1H),4.09(dd,J=52.8,13.1Hz,1H),3.85–3.49(m,4H),3.46–3.22(m,3H),3.14–2.92(m,2H),2.81–2.50(m,5H),2.45–1.99(m,4H). Example 30 can refer to the method of Example 29, the difference is that (2S)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester is used instead of (2R)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester, which can be prepared Compound Z-30 (18 mg) was obtained. MS m/z (ESI): 548.3 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ 8.71 (t, J=6.3Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=22.1, 8.5Hz, 3H) , 5.21 (dd, J=9.1, 2.6Hz, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J=52.8, 13.1Hz, 1H), 3.85–3.49 (m, 4H), 3.46–3.22 (m, 3H), 3.14–2.92 (m, 2H), 2.81–2.50 (m, 5H), 2.45–1.99 (m, 4H).

实施例31:化合物Z-31的制备Example 31: Preparation of Compound Z-31

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000071

将中间体化合物V13(50mg,103.03μmol)和(4R)-4-羟基吡咯烷酮-2-酮(20.83mg,206.05μmol)溶于二氧六环(10mL)中,然后将Pd2dba3(9.43mg,10.30μmol),Xantphos(11.92mg,20.61μmol),碳酸铯(67.17mg,206.05μmol)加入其中。该反应在Ar保护下100℃条件下搅拌16小时。过滤,旋干溶剂用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-31(8.59mg)。MS m/z(ESI):506.2[M+1] +1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ8.74–8.62(m,1H),7.61(d,J=10.0Hz,2H),7.51(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),5.46(d,J=4Hz,1H),4.42(s,1H),4.19–3.99(m,2H),3.80–3.45(m,5H),3.27–3.11(m,1H),3.02(t,J=8.3Hz,2H),2.94–2.76(m,1H),2.41–2.21(m,5H). Intermediate compound V13 (50 mg, 103.03 μmol) and (4R)-4-hydroxypyrrolidone-2-one (20.83 mg, 206.05 μmol) were dissolved in dioxane (10 mL), followed by Pd2dba3 (9.43 mg, 10.30 μmol), Xantphos (11.92 mg, 20.61 μmol), cesium carbonate (67.17 mg, 206.05 μmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours under Ar protection. The resulting residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) after filtration, and the solvent was spin-dried to give compound Z-31 (8.59 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 506.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.74-8.62 (m, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H), 7.51 ( d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 5.46 (d, J=4Hz, 1H), 4.42 (s, 1H), 4.19–3.99 (m, 2H), 3.80–3.45 (m, 5H), 3.27–3.11 ( m, 1H), 3.02 (t, J=8.3Hz, 2H), 2.94–2.76 (m, 1H), 2.41–2.21 (m, 5H).

实施例32:化合物Z-32的制备Example 32: Preparation of Compound Z-32

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000072

将化合物Z-29(50mg,91.32μmol)溶于MeOH(3mL)和H2O(3mL)中,然后将LiOH(10.94mg,456.59μmol)加入其中。该反应在室温条件下搅拌5小时.旋干溶剂用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM甲酸/H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-32(17.80mg)。MS m/z(ESI):534.2[M+1] +1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ8.70(t,J=6.0Hz,1H),7.58–7.37(m,3H),4.96(s,1H),4.18-4.01(m,1H),3.73-3.53(m,2H),3.13-3.02(m,4H),2.66-2.50(m,3H),2.44–2.04(m,6H). Compound Z-29 (50 mg, 91.32 μmol) was dissolved in MeOH (3 mL) and H2O (3 mL), and LiOH (10.94 mg, 456.59 μmol) was then added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Spin off the solvent by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10 mM formic acid/H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile variation) The obtained residue was purified to obtain compound Z-32 (17.80 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 534.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.70 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.58–7.37 (m, 3H), 4.96 ( s,1H),4.18-4.01(m,1H),3.73-3.53(m,2H),3.13-3.02(m,4H),2.66-2.50(m,3H),2.44-2.04(m,6H).

实施例33:化合物Z-33的制备Example 33: Preparation of Compound Z-33

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000073

将化合物Z-30(50mg,91.32μmol)溶到四氢呋喃(6mL),水(2mL)和甲醇(2mL)中,然后加入氢氧化锂(21.87mg,913.18μmol),室温搅拌2小时。反应液用2N的盐酸调PH到6,减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM甲酸/H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-33(20mg)。MS m/z(ESI):534.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO)δ13.37(s,1H),8.71(dd,J=8.0,5.5Hz,1H),7.49(dd,J=23.3,8.6Hz,3H),5.04(dd,J=9.2,2.6Hz,1H),4.10(dd,J=56.9,13.2Hz,1H),3.76–3.45(m,3H),3.25(td,J=11.6,2.6Hz,1H),3.19–2.92(m,3H),2.83–2.54(m,3H),2.38–2.24(m,4H),2.21–2.06(m,1H). Compound Z-30 (50 mg, 91.32 μmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL), water (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL), then lithium hydroxide (21.87 mg, 913.18 μmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 6 with 2N hydrochloric acid, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2×250 mm C18 column; system: 10 mM formic acid/H2O; wavelength: 254/214 nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile) Variation) The resulting residue was purified to give compound Z-33 (20 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 534.2 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 13.37 (s, 1H), 8.71 (dd, J=8.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=23.3, 8.6Hz, 3H), 5.04 (dd, J=9.2, 2.6Hz, 1H), 4.10 (dd, J=56.9, 13.2Hz, 1H), 3.76–3.45 (m, 3H), 3.25 (td , J=11.6, 2.6Hz, 1H), 3.19–2.92 (m, 3H), 2.83–2.54 (m, 3H), 2.38–2.24 (m, 4H), 2.21–2.06 (m, 1H).

实施例34:化合物Z-34的制备Example 34: Preparation of Compound Z-34

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000074

实施例34可参考实施例31的方法,区别在于用(4S)-4-羟基吡咯烷酮-2-酮替代(4R)-4-羟基吡咯烷酮-2-酮,可制备得化合物Z-34(23mg)。MS m/z(ESI):506.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO)δ8.70(t,J=6.4Hz,1H),7.56(dd,J=42.4,8.7Hz,3H),5.45(d,J=3.9Hz,1H),4.41(d,J=5.1Hz,1H),4.20–3.93(m,2H),3.75–3.61(m,2H),3.59–3.44(m,1H),3.32–2.69(m,5H),2.45–2.12(m,4H),1.19(dd,J=55.6,6.7Hz,2H). Example 34 can refer to the method of Example 31, the difference is that (4S)-4-hydroxypyrrolidone-2-one is used instead of (4R)-4-hydroxypyrrolidone-2-one to prepare compound Z-34 (23mg) . MS m/z (ESI): 506.2 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ 8.70 (t, J=6.4Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=42.4, 8.7Hz, 3H) ,5.45(d,J=3.9Hz,1H),4.41(d,J=5.1Hz,1H),4.20-3.93(m,2H),3.75-3.61(m,2H),3.59-3.44(m,1H) ), 3.32–2.69 (m, 5H), 2.45–2.12 (m, 4H), 1.19 (dd, J=55.6, 6.7Hz, 2H).

实施例35:化合物Z-35的制备Example 35: Preparation of Compound Z-35

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000075

将化合物Z-33(20mg,37.49μmol)和氯化铵(4.01mg,74.97μmol)溶到DMF(5mL)中,分别加入HATU(14.14mg,37.49μmol)和N,N-二异丙基乙胺(4.84mg,37.49μmol,6.53μL),室温搅拌12小时。反应液减压浓缩,用制备液相色谱(制备柱:21.2X250mm C18柱;体系:10mM NH4HCO3H2O;波长:254/214nm;梯度:30%-60%乙腈变化)纯化所得残余物,得到化合物Z-35(8mg)。MS m/z(ESI):533.2[M+1] +;1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO)δ8.68(dd,J=9.4,5.5Hz,1H),7.86(s,1H),7.60–7.24(m,4H),4.76(d,J=8.5Hz,1H),4.08(dd,J=56.6,13.2Hz,1H),3.74–3.35(m,3H),3.28–2.91(m,4H),2.84–2.53(m,2H),2.46–2.16(m,5H),1.97(dd,J=12.5,9.5Hz,1H). Compound Z-33 (20 mg, 37.49 μmol) and ammonium chloride (4.01 mg, 74.97 μmol) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL), and HATU (14.14 mg, 37.49 μmol) and N,N-diisopropylethyl acetate were added, respectively. Amine (4.84 mg, 37.49 μmol, 6.53 μL), stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (preparative column: 21.2X250mm C18 column; system: 10mM NH4HCO3H2O; wavelength: 254/214nm; gradient: 30%-60% acetonitrile change) to obtain compound Z- 35 (8 mg). MS m/z (ESI): 533.2 [M+1] + ; 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ 8.68 (dd, J=9.4, 5.5Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.60–7.24 ( m, 4H), 4.76 (d, J=8.5Hz, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J=56.6, 13.2Hz, 1H), 3.74–3.35 (m, 3H), 3.28–2.91 (m, 4H), 2.84 –2.53(m,2H),2.46–2.16(m,5H),1.97(dd,J=12.5,9.5Hz,1H).

实施例36:化合物Z-36的制备Example 36: Preparation of Compound Z-36

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000076

实施例36可参考实施例29的方法,区别在于用恶唑烷丁-2-酮替代(2R)-5-氧吡咯烷-2-羧酸甲酯,可制备得化合物Z-36(13.32mg)。MS m/z(ESI):492.2[M+1] +1HNMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ8.70(dd,J=9.0,6.0Hz,1H),7.49(dd,J=16.0,8.0Hz,3H),4.49(t,J=8.0Hz,2H),4.21–3.96(m,3H),3.76–3.38(m,3H),3.31–3.11(m,1H),3.07–2.75(m,3H),2.42–2.22(m,4H). Example 36 can refer to the method of Example 29, the difference is that oxazolidin-2-one is used instead of (2R)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylate methyl ester to prepare compound Z-36 (13.32 mg ). MS m/z (ESI): 492.2 [M+1] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.70 (dd, J=9.0, 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (dd, J=16.0, 8.0 Hz, 3H), 4.49 (t, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 4.21–3.96 (m, 3H), 3.76–3.38 (m, 3H), 3.31–3.11 (m, 1H), 3.07–2.75 (m, 3H), 2.42–2.22(m, 4H).

实施例37:化合物Z-37的制备Example 37: Preparation of Compound Z-37

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000077

实施例37可参考实施例19的方法,区别在于用乙酰氯替代氘代乙酰氯,可制备得化合物Z-37。MS m/z(ESI):469.2[M+H] +1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.14(d,J=7.0Hz,1H),7.47–7.33(m,3H),6.66(dd,J=17.9,6.7Hz,1H),4.33(t,J=13.0Hz,1H),3.92–3.75(m,3H),3.49(dd,J=21.4,7.4Hz,2H),3.36(dd,J=15.8,6.8Hz,1H),3.21–2.92(m,3H),2.77(dd,J=12.9,10.8Hz,1H),2.65(td,J=8.0,4.8Hz,2H),2.43–2.36(m,3H),2.21(dt,J=14.2,7.2Hz,2H),1.98(d,J=35.8Hz,3H). Example 37 can refer to the method of Example 19, except that acetyl chloride is used instead of deuterated acetyl chloride to prepare compound Z-37. MS m/z (ESI): 469.2 [M+H] + ; 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 8.14 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.47-7.33 (m, 3H), 6.66 ( dd, J=17.9, 6.7Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=13.0Hz, 1H), 3.92–3.75 (m, 3H), 3.49 (dd, J=21.4, 7.4Hz, 2H), 3.36 (dd , J=15.8, 6.8Hz, 1H), 3.21–2.92 (m, 3H), 2.77 (dd, J=12.9, 10.8Hz, 1H), 2.65 (td, J=8.0, 4.8Hz, 2H), 2.43– 2.36(m, 3H), 2.21(dt, J=14.2, 7.2Hz, 2H), 1.98(d, J=35.8Hz, 3H).

实施例38:化合物Z-38的制备Example 38: Preparation of Compound Z-38

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000078

实施例38可参考实施例29的方法,区别在于用氯甲酸甲酯替代氘代乙酰氯,可制备得化合物Z-38。MS m/z(ESI):485.2[M+H] +. Example 38 can refer to the method of Example 29, except that methyl chloroformate is used instead of deuterated acetyl chloride to prepare compound Z-38. MS m/z(ESI): 485.2[M+H] + .

测试例1:FLIPR测定法筛选化合物对hP2X 3/hP2X 2/3受体的拮抗活性 Test Example 1: FLIPR assay to screen compounds for antagonistic activity at hP2X 3 /hP2X 2/3 receptors

材料:Material:

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000079
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000079

细胞准备:用Versene消化液将细胞1321N1/hP2X3和细胞1321N1/hP2X2/3(供应商Chempartner)稳定转染,离心后用铺板培养基(DMEM+10%DFBS)重悬并计数,调整细胞到3*10 5个细胞/mL,在384孔测试板中每孔铺50μL细胞,置于5%CO 2,37℃培养箱中培养16-24h。 Cell preparation: cells 1321N1/hP2X3 and cells 1321N1/hP2X2/3 (supplier Chempartner) were stably transfected with Versene digestion solution, resuspended and counted in plating medium (DMEM+10% DFBS) after centrifugation, and cells were adjusted to 3 *10 5 cells/mL, plated 50 μL cells per well in a 384-well test plate, placed in 5% CO 2 , and cultured in a 37°C incubator for 16-24 hours.

细胞培养培养基配方:Cell Culture Medium Recipe:

hP2X3hP2X3 工作液浓度Working fluid concentration 储备液浓度stock concentration 稀释倍数Dilution factor 所需体积(ml)Required volume (ml) DMEMDMEM 1*1* 1*1* 11 447.006447.006 FBSFBS 10%10% 100%100% 1010 5050 G418二硫酸盐G418 Disulfate 300μg/ml300μg/ml 50mg/ml50mg/ml 167167 2.9940122.994012          配样量Sample size 500500                hP2X2/3hP2X2/3 工作液浓度Working fluid concentration 储备液浓度stock concentration 稀释倍数Dilution factor 所需体积(ml)Required volume (ml) DMEMDMEM 1*1* 1*1* 11 447.7489447.7489 FBSFBS 10%10% 100%100% 1010 5050 G418二硫酸盐G418 Disulfate 150μg/ml150μg/ml 50mg/ml50mg/ml 333333 1.5015021.501502 Hygromycin BHygromycin B 75μg/ml75μg/ml 50mg/ml50mg/ml 667667 0.7496250.749625          配样量Sample size 500500

实验Dye配方:Experimental Dye Recipe:

hP2X3hP2X3 工作液浓度Working fluid concentration 储备液浓度stock concentration 稀释倍数Dilution factor 所需体积(ml)Required volume (ml) 10*dye stock10*dye stock 0.5*0.5* 10*10* 2020 0.70.7 ProbenecidProbenecid 1.251.25 0.250.25 200200 0.070.07 测试缓冲液test buffer 1*1* 1*1* 11 13.2313.23 ATP hydrolytic enzymeATP hydrolytic enzyme 0.5U/ml0.5U/ml 10μl=1U10μl=1U 200200 0.070.07          配样量Sample size 1414                hP2X2/3hP2X2/3 工作液浓度Working fluid concentration 储备液浓度stock concentration 稀释倍数Dilution factor 所需体积(ml)Required volume (ml) 10*dye stock10*dye stock 0.5*0.5* 10*10* 2020 0.70.7 ProbenecidProbenecid 1.251.25 0.250.25 200200 0.070.07 测试缓冲液test buffer 1*1* 1*1* 11 13.2313.23          配样量Sample size 1414

化合物准备:1、供试品:在符合Echo标准的384孔聚丙烯微孔板中,用DMSO配制180倍所需浓度供试化合物(54mM DMSO储备液),每孔取500nL加到384孔化合物板中,补充30μL测试缓冲液(含1.26mM Ca 2+的1*HBSS+2mM CaCl 2+20mM HEPES),振摇20-40min以混匀。 Compound preparation: 1. Test substance: in a 384-well polypropylene microplate conforming to the Echo standard, prepare 180 times the required concentration of the test compound (54mM DMSO stock solution) with DMSO, and add 500nL per well to the 384-well compound The plate was supplemented with 30 μL of assay buffer (1*HBSS + 2 mM CaCl 2 + 20 mM HEPES containing 1.26 mM Ca 2+ ) and shaken for 20-40 min to mix.

2、激动剂:用测试缓冲液配制3倍所需浓度激动剂(α,β-meATP)(hP2X 3和hP2X 2/3细胞均需终浓度3000nM),每孔加45μL激动剂到384孔化合物板中。 2. Agonist: Prepare 3 times the required concentration of agonist (α, β-meATP) in test buffer (the final concentration of 3000nM for both hP2X 3 and hP2X 2/3 cells), add 45 μL of agonist to each well of 384 wells of compound in the board.

染料孵育:取出细胞板,吸去细胞上清,每孔加入30uL Dye(

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000080
Calcium 4Assay Kit,测试缓冲液稀释),孵育1h。 Dye incubation: remove the cell plate, aspirate the cell supernatant, add 30uL Dye (
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000080
Calcium 4Assay Kit, diluted in assay buffer), incubated for 1 h.

FLIPR检测:向细胞板中每孔加15uL化合物(FLIPR仪器加样),15分钟后,每孔加22.5μL激动剂,检测荧光信号(激发光波长470nm-495nm,发射波长515nm-575nm)。FLIPR detection: add 15uL of compound to each well of the cell plate (loaded by FLIPR instrument), and after 15 minutes, add 22.5μL of agonist to each well to detect the fluorescence signal (excitation wavelength 470nm-495nm, emission wavelength 515nm-575nm).

数据处理:取信号峰值和谷值的差值作为基础数据,以阳性药最高浓度数据作为100%抑制率,DMSO数据作为0%抑制率,在软件Graphpad prism 6上通过(log(inhibitor)vs.response--Variable slope)拟合化合物的抑制效应曲线并计算IC 50值。 Data processing: take the difference between the signal peak and the trough as the basic data, the highest concentration of the positive drug as the 100% inhibition rate, and the DMSO data as the 0% inhibition rate, on the software Graphpad prism 6 to pass (log(inhibitor) vs. response--Variable slope) to fit inhibitory effect curves of compounds and calculate IC50 values.

实验均一性标准:每块板做≥12个max值(DMSO作用结果)和≥12个min值(最高浓度阳性药作用结果),计算Z值,如果Z≥0.5,则认为平行孔均一,数据可信。Z值的计算公式:Z=1-3*(SDmax+SDmin)/(MEANmax-MEANmin)。The standard of experimental uniformity: ≥12 max values (results of DMSO effect) and ≥12 min values (results of positive drug effects at the highest concentration) are calculated for each plate, and Z values are calculated. If Z≥0.5, the parallel wells are considered to be uniform. believable. The calculation formula of Z value: Z=1-3*(SDmax+SDmin)/(MEANmax-MEANmin).

表1Table 1

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000081

由表1可知,本发明实施例化合物对P2X3具有较高的抑制活性,对P2X2/3抑制活性较低,具有明显的抑制选择性。It can be seen from Table 1 that the compounds of the examples of the present invention have high inhibitory activity on P2X3, but low inhibitory activity on P2X2/3, and have obvious inhibitory selectivity.

测试例2:大鼠体内药代试验Test Example 2: In vivo pharmacokinetic test in rats

应用LC/MS/MS法测定了大鼠分别静脉注射和灌胃给药本发明化合物后不同时刻血浆中的药物浓度,研究本发明化合物在大鼠体内的药代动力学行为,评价其药动学特征。The LC/MS/MS method was used to determine the drug concentration in the plasma at different times after intravenous injection and intragastric administration of the compound of the present invention in rats, to study the pharmacokinetic behavior of the compound of the present invention in rats, and to evaluate its pharmacokinetics. academic characteristics.

实验方案:Experimental program:

试验动物:健康成年雄性SD大鼠(体重200-300g,6只,静脉注射组大鼠自由饮水和饮食,灌胃给药组禁食整晚,给药4h后自由饮水和饮食),由Vital River Laboratory Animal Co.LTD提供。Test animals: healthy adult male SD rats (body weight 200-300g, 6 rats, rats in the intravenous injection group drank water and diet freely, the gavage group fasted all night, and freely drank water and diet 4h after administration), administered by Vital Provided by River Laboratory Animal Co.LTD.

给药方式与剂量:SD大鼠尾静脉给药(1mg/kg,5%DMSO in 0.9%saline)和灌胃给药(5mg/kg,5%DMSO in 0.9%saline)。Administration and dosage: SD rats were administered by tail vein (1 mg/kg, 5% DMSO in 0.9% saline) and intragastric administration (5 mg/kg, 5% DMSO in 0.9% saline).

血样采集:给药前挑选符合实验要求的动物,称重标记。采集血样前,绑定大鼠,每一只给药的大鼠在预定的采血时间点(静脉给药:分别于给药后的0.083,0.25,0.5,1,2,4,7,24h采血,共8个时间点;灌胃给药:分别于给药后的0.083,0.25,0.5,1,2,4,7,24h采血,共8个时间点),通过眼眶采血约200μL。血液转移至预先加入K 2EDTA的1.5mL试管中,离心6min(8000rpm,4℃),取出血浆,整个过程在采血后15min内完成。所有的样品都需要存放于-20℃冰箱直至样品分析。应用LC/MS/MS法测定药物浓度。 Blood sample collection: select animals that meet the experimental requirements before administration, weigh and mark. Before collecting blood samples, bind the rats, and each dosed rat will collect blood at a predetermined blood collection time point (intravenous administration: 0.083, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 7, and 24 hours after administration, respectively). , a total of 8 time points; intragastric administration: blood was collected at 0.083, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 7, and 24 hours after administration, a total of 8 time points), and about 200 μL of blood was collected through the orbit. The blood was transferred to a 1.5 mL test tube pre-added with K 2 EDTA, centrifuged for 6 min (8000 rpm, 4° C.), and the plasma was taken out. The whole process was completed within 15 min after blood collection. All samples need to be stored in a -20°C freezer until sample analysis. The drug concentration was determined by LC/MS/MS method.

本发明部分实施例化合物在相同剂量的静脉给药方式下,大鼠体内的药代动力学性质参数如表2所示:Table 2 shows the pharmacokinetic properties parameters of some example compounds of the present invention in rats under the same dose of intravenous administration:

表2Table 2

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000082
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000082

本发明部分实施例化合物在相同剂量的灌胃给药方式下,大鼠体内的药代动力学性质参数如表3所示:Table 3 shows the parameters of pharmacokinetic properties in rats of some example compounds of the present invention under the same dosage of gavage administration:

表3table 3

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000083
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000083

阳性化合物D1Positive compound D1

Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-000084

从上表可知,化合物结构对药代动力学性质参数有较大影响,本发明所保护的化合物具有更高的体内暴露量和更低的清除率。It can be seen from the above table that the structure of the compound has a great influence on the parameters of the pharmacokinetic properties, and the compounds protected by the present invention have higher in vivo exposure and lower clearance rate.

在本发明提及的所有文献都在本申请中引用作为参考,就如同每一篇文献被单独引用作为参考那样。此外应理解,在阅读了本发明的上述讲授内容之后,本领域技术人员可以对本发明作各种改动或修改,这些等价形式同样落于本申请所附权利要求书所限定的范围。All documents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in this application as if each document were individually incorporated by reference. In addition, it should be understood that after reading the above teaching content of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make various changes or modifications to the present invention, and these equivalent forms also fall within the scope defined by the appended claims of the present application.

Claims (18)

一种式(I)化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体:A compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof:
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100001
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100001
其中,Q为-C(O)NHCH 3
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100002
Wherein, Q is -C(O)NHCH 3 ,
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100002
R 1为氢、C 1-6烷基(优选为C 1-3烷基,更优选为甲基)或卤素(优选为氟或氯); R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl, more preferably methyl) or halogen (preferably fluorine or chlorine); R 2为氢或卤素(优选为氟); R 2 is hydrogen or halogen (preferably fluorine); R 3、R 4定义如下: R 3 , R 4 are defined as follows: (i)R 3为氢;R 4为-C(O)R 4a或3至6元杂环烷基,其中所述3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基、3至6元杂环烷基; (i) R 3 is hydrogen; R 4 is -C(O)R 4a or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 Substituted with substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, halogen (preferably fluoro), C 1-3 alkoxy, halo C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1- 3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, 3 to 6 membered Heterocycloalkyl; 其中R 4a为取代的C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-3烷基)、取代或未取代的C 3-8环烷基(优选为C 3-6环烷基,更优选为环丙基)、或取代或未取代的3至6元杂环烷基;其中所述取代的C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-3烷基)为被1个或多个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基;所述C 3-8环烷基(优选为C 3-6环烷基,更优选为环丙基)、3至6元杂环烷基(优选为环氧丙烷)为未取代的或被1个或多个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基; wherein R 4a is substituted C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl), substituted or unsubstituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl) group), or a substituted or unsubstituted 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; wherein the substituted C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-3 alkyl) is 1 or more independently selected from the following Substituent substitution of the group: deuterium, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halo C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkoxy, - NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, - OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; the C 3-8 cycloalkyl (preferably C 3-6 cycloalkyl, more preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl (preferably propylene oxide) are unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or more independently selected from the group Base substitution: deuterium, C 1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen (preferably fluorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogen Substituted C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C( O) OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; 或者or (ii)R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元杂环烯基环、5至6元杂芳基环;其中所述3至6元杂环烷基环具有1、2或3个氮原子和0、1或2个氧原子作为环原子;其中所述5至6元杂环烯基环具有2、3或4个氮原子和0、1或2个氧原子作为环原子;所述5至6元杂芳基环具有2、3或4个氮原子和0或1个氧原子作为环原子;所述3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元的杂环烯基环和5至6元杂芳基环为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基; (ii) R 3 and R 4 are connected together to form a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, and a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms; wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring has 1, 2 or 3 nitrogen atoms and 0, 1 or 2 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; wherein the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring has 2, 3 or 4 nitrogen atoms and 0, 1 or 2 oxygen atoms as ring atoms; the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring has 2, 3 or 4 nitrogen atoms and 0 or 1 oxygen atom as ring atoms; the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl rings, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl rings, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl rings are unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from Substituted: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O) C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; Z 1、Z 2、Z 3、Z 4代表环原子,各自独立地为C或N(优选Z 1为C,Z 2为C或N,Z 3为为C或N,Z 4为N); Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 represent ring atoms, each independently being C or N (preferably Z 1 is C, Z 2 is C or N, Z 3 is C or N, and Z 4 is N); Z 5为CH 2或O; Z 5 is CH 2 or O; Z 6、Z 7各自独立地为O、S或NR a0Z 6 and Z 7 are each independently O, S or NR a0 ; (R 5) n代表环
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100003
上的氢被n个R 5取代,n为0、1、2、3或4,每个R 5相同或不同,各自独立地为C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素(优选为氟或氯)、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基;以及
(R 5 ) n represents a ring
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100003
The hydrogen on is replaced by n R 5 , n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, each R 5 is the same or different, each independently is C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen ( Preferably it is fluorine or chlorine), C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O)C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy, or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl; and
R a0、R b0各自独立地为氢或C 1-3烷基。 R a0 and R b0 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,R 1为甲基;R 2为氢。 The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein R 1 is methyl; R 2 is hydrogen. 如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,R 1为甲基;R 2为氟。 The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein R 1 is methyl; and R 2 is fluorine. 如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100004
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100005
The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein,
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100004
for
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100005
如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,R 4a为C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、或3至6元杂环烷基,其中所述C 1-3烷基被1个或多个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、羟基、卤素(优选为氟);所述C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、或3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1个或多个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、卤素(优选为氟)。 The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl ), or a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl group is substituted with 1 or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, hydroxyl, halogen (preferably fluorine); the Said C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C 1-3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxyl, halogen (preferably fluorine). 如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,所述式(I)化合物结构具有式(Ⅱ)所示结构:The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein the structure of the compound of formula (I) has a structure represented by formula (II):
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100006
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100006
其中,R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成如下结构:3至6元杂环烷基环
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100007
5至6元杂环烯基环
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100008
5至6元杂芳基环
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100009
其中3至6元杂环烷基环、5至6元杂环烯基环、5至6元杂芳基环为未取代的或被1、2或3个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:C 1-3烷基、羟基、羧基、氰基、卤素、C 1-3烷氧基、卤代C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷氧基、-NR a0R b0、-SO 2C 1-3烷基、-C(O)NR a0R b0、-C(O)C 1-3烷基、-C(O)OC 1-3烷基、-OC(O)C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基、C 3-6环烷基氧基或3至6元杂环烷基。
Wherein, R 3 and R 4 are connected to form the following structure together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms: 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100007
5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100008
5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100009
wherein the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl ring, the 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl ring, and the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring are unsubstituted or by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Substituted: C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, C 1-3 alkoxy, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkoxy, -NR a0 R b0 , -SO 2 C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)NR a0 R b0 , -C(O)C 1-3 alkyl, -C(O)OC 1-3 alkyl, -OC(O) C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyloxy or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl.
如权利要求6所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,R 3、R 4相连接,与所连接的碳和氮原子共同形成如下结构: The compound of claim 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein R 3 and R 4 are connected, and together with the connected carbon and nitrogen atoms, form the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100010
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100010
如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,所述式(I)化合物结构具有式(Ⅲ)所示结构:The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein the structure of the compound of formula (I) has a structure represented by formula (III):
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100011
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100011
如权利要求8所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,R 4a为羟基取代C 1-6烷基(优选为羟基取代C 1-3烷基,更优选为羟基取代甲基)。 The compound of claim 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein R 4a is hydroxy-substituted C 1-6 alkyl (preferably hydroxy-substituted C 1-3 alkyl, More preferably hydroxy substituted methyl). 如权利要求8所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,Z 5为CH 2The compound according to claim 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein Z 5 is CH 2 . 如权利要求8所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,n为0。The compound of claim 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein n is 0. 如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,所述式(I)化合物结构具有式(Ⅳ)所示结构:The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein the structure of the compound of formula (I) has a structure represented by formula (IV):
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100012
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100012
如权利要求12所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,R 4a为C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、或3至6元杂环烷基,其中所述C 1-3烷基被1个或多个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、羟基、卤素(优选为氟);所述C 3-6环烷基(优选为环丙基)、3至6元杂环烷基为未取代的或被1个或多个独立地选自下组的取代基取代:氘、C 1-3烷基(优选为甲基)、羟基、卤素(优选为氟)。 The compound of claim 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein R 4a is C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl ), or a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl group is substituted with 1 or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, hydroxyl, halogen (preferably fluorine); the The C 3-6 cycloalkyl (preferably cyclopropyl), 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or substituted by 1 or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of deuterium, C 1 -3 alkyl (preferably methyl), hydroxyl, halogen (preferably fluorine). 如权利要求12所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,Z 6为NH,Z 7为S;或者Z 6为S,Z 7为NH。 The compound of claim 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein Z 6 is NH, and Z 7 is S; or Z 6 is S, and Z 7 is NH. 如权利要求1所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,其中,所述式(I)化合物为下列化合物中的任意一个:The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, wherein the compound of formula (I) is any one of the following compounds:
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100013
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100013
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100014
Figure PCTCN2022074593-appb-100014
一种药物组合物,包括:A pharmaceutical composition comprising: 1)权利要求1-15中任一项所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体;和1) The compound of any one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof; and 2)药学上可接受的载体。2) A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. 一种权利要求1-15中任一所述的化合物、或其药学上可接受的盐、或其立体异构体,或权利要求16所述的药物组合物在制备治疗与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病的药物中的应用。A compound according to any one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 in preparation for treatment with P2X3 activity or with P2X2 /3 Activity-related disease drug application. 根据权利要求17所述的应用,其中,所述与P2X3活性或与P2X2/3活性相关的疾病为疼痛、泌尿道病症、胃肠疾病、癌症、免疫相关的疾病、咳嗽、抑郁症、焦虑或应激相关病症。The use according to claim 17, wherein the disease associated with P2X3 activity or P2X2/3 activity is pain, urinary tract disorder, gastrointestinal disease, cancer, immune-related disease, cough, depression, anxiety or Stress-related disorders.
PCT/CN2022/074593 2021-01-29 2022-01-28 Morpholine derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof Ceased WO2022161462A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280008061.5A CN116635389A (en) 2021-01-29 2022-01-28 Morpholine derivatives and their pharmaceutical compositions and uses

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110126908.7 2021-01-29
CN202110126908 2021-01-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022161462A1 true WO2022161462A1 (en) 2022-08-04

Family

ID=82654182

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/074593 Ceased WO2022161462A1 (en) 2021-01-29 2022-01-28 Morpholine derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116635389A (en)
WO (1) WO2022161462A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020099923A1 (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-05-22 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Crystalline forms of a substituted imidazopyridine compound and use thereof as p2x3 modulator
CN111377917A (en) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-07 武汉朗来科技发展有限公司 Heterocyclic compound, intermediate, preparation method and application thereof
US20200230148A1 (en) * 2017-09-18 2020-07-23 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Selective p2x3 modulators
WO2020174283A1 (en) * 2019-02-25 2020-09-03 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Treatment with p2x3 modulators
CN112409331A (en) * 2019-08-21 2021-02-26 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Heterocyclic derivative inhibitor, preparation method and application thereof
WO2021161109A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Preparation of a p2x3 antagonist
WO2021161105A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 Bellus Health Cough Inc. P2x3 modulators
CN113549068A (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-26 上海拓界生物医药科技有限公司 Novel imidazopyridine compound, preparation method and medical application thereof
CN113754654A (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-07 武汉人福创新药物研发中心有限公司 Imidazopyridines and use thereof

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20230051209A (en) * 2020-08-13 2023-04-17 투오지에 바이오텍 (상하이) 컴퍼니 리미티드 Benzimidazole derivatives, their preparation methods and their medical uses

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200230148A1 (en) * 2017-09-18 2020-07-23 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Selective p2x3 modulators
WO2020099923A1 (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-05-22 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Crystalline forms of a substituted imidazopyridine compound and use thereof as p2x3 modulator
CN111377917A (en) * 2018-12-29 2020-07-07 武汉朗来科技发展有限公司 Heterocyclic compound, intermediate, preparation method and application thereof
WO2020174283A1 (en) * 2019-02-25 2020-09-03 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Treatment with p2x3 modulators
CN112409331A (en) * 2019-08-21 2021-02-26 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Heterocyclic derivative inhibitor, preparation method and application thereof
WO2021161109A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 Bellus Health Cough Inc. Preparation of a p2x3 antagonist
WO2021161105A1 (en) * 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 Bellus Health Cough Inc. P2x3 modulators
CN113549068A (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-26 上海拓界生物医药科技有限公司 Novel imidazopyridine compound, preparation method and medical application thereof
CN113754654A (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-07 武汉人福创新药物研发中心有限公司 Imidazopyridines and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116635389A (en) 2023-08-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114040914B (en) Quinazolinone derivative, preparation method thereof and application thereof in medicine
TW202409017A (en) Heterocyclic compounds, preparation method and medical use thereof
CN113329999B (en) Novel substituted quinoline-8-carbonitrile derivatives having androgen receptor degrading activity and uses thereof
WO2020238791A1 (en) Hydropyridopyrimidine derivative, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
RU2717577C2 (en) Imidazoisoindole derivative, method for production thereof and medical use
TWI701251B (en) PYRAZOLO[1,5-a][1,3,5]TRIAZIN-2-AMINE DERIVATIVES, PREPARATION METHOD THEREOF AND APPLICATION THEREOF IN MEDICINE
TW202003495A (en) Benzene and piperidine or heteroaryl group and piperidine derivatives, preparation method thereof and application thereof in medicine
WO2020042995A1 (en) Highly active sting protein agonist compound
WO2021185256A1 (en) Substituted pyrimidine or pyridine amine derivative, composition thereof, and medical use thereof
CN114409656B (en) PIM kinase inhibitors
KR20090114439A (en) Acylguanidine Derivatives
JP2017516817A (en) Amide derivatives of 1-oxa-4,9-diazaspiroundecane compounds having various activities against pain
BR112014025416B1 (en) antimalarial agents, pharmaceutical composition comprising them and use thereof
TW201823230A (en) Fused ring substituted azetidinyl triazoles derivative, a preparation method therefor, and a pharmaceutical use thereof
TW202440553A (en) Heterocyclic compounds as at2r antagonists
WO2022156779A1 (en) Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-7-amine derivative, and compositions and medical use thereof
BR112020004611A2 (en) derivative of indole formamide replaced by deuterium atom, method of preparation of it and medical applications of it
WO2022161462A1 (en) Morpholine derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
CN114853846A (en) Androgen receptor degradation agent and application thereof
WO2025026392A1 (en) Kinesin kif18a inhibitor and use thereof
WO2020019994A1 (en) Compound having neuroprotective effect, preparation method therefor and use thereof
WO2022148459A1 (en) Class of novel smad3 protein degraders and application thereof
WO2021228217A1 (en) ANILINE COMPOUND USED AS RORγ REGULATOR
WO2020192588A1 (en) Alkylsulfamoyl indazole carboxamide derivative, preparation method therefor, and pharmaceutical use thereof
BRPI0620526A2 (en) acetate salt and method to achieve an effect on a patient

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22745334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280008061.5

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22745334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22745334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1